Property:BookToc

From Buddha-Nature

This is a property of type Text.

Showing 100 pages using this property.
&
*<span> Introduction</span><span>ix</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>xviii</span> *<span> ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i bstan bcos kyi 'grel bshad de kho nyid rab tu gsal ba'i me<br>   long''</span><span>1</span> *<span> ''De bzhin gshegs pa'i snying po'i le'u''</span><span>2</span> *<span> ''Byang chub kyi le'u''</span><span>453</span> *<span> ''Yon tan gyi le'u''</span><span>508</span> *<span> ''Phrin las kyi le'u''</span><span>527</span> *<span> ''Phan yon gyi le'u''</span><span>559</span>   +
A
* <span> Preface</span><span>7</span> * <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>8</span> * <span> Technical Note: My Use of the Asterisk</span><span>10</span> * <span> I A Study and Annotated Translation of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>11</span> ** <span> A General Study and Text-historical Considerations</span><span>12</span> *** <span> 1 Textual History and Structure of the TGS</span><span>16</span> **** <span> 1.1 Different Recensions of the TGS</span><span>16</span> **** <span> 1.2 The Representatives of TGS2</span><span>24</span> **** <span> 1.3 Similarities between the Chinese Translations</span><span>27</span> **** <span> 1.4 Structure, Contents and Textual History of the TGS</span><span>27</span> **** <span> 1.5 The Structure, Nature and Contents of the Nine Similes</span><span>34</span> *** <span> 2 The Meaning and Occurrences of the Term ''tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>39</span> **** <span> 2.1 The Term ''tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>39</span> **** <span> 2.2 The Textual Occurrences of the Terms ''tathāgatagarbha'' and<br>''garbha''</span><span>46</span> *** <span> 3 The Buddha-Nature Doctrine in the TGS</span><span>50</span> **** <span> 3.1 The Buddha-Nature</span><span>50</span> **** <span> 3.2 Becoming a Buddha</span><span>62</span> **** <span> 3.3 How to Become a Buddha</span><span>65</span> *** <span> 4 The TGS as a Part of lndian Buddhism: Its Sources, Motives and<br>   Reception</span><span>67</span> **** <span> 4.1 The Titles of the TGS</span><span>68</span> **** <span> 4.2 The Recorded Chinese Translations of the TGS</span><span>69</span> **** <span> 4.3 Possible Motives of the Authors of the TGS</span><span>75</span> **** <span> 4.4 The TGS in the History of lndian Buddhism</span><span>77</span> **** <span> 4.5 The TGS in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga(vyākhyā)'' and Other Indian<br>Texts</span><span>84</span> **** <span> 4.6 The Twentieth-Century Reception of the TGS</span><span>90</span> ** <span> B An Annotated Translation of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra'' into English</span><span> 93</span> * <span> II Critical and Diplomatic Editions of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>163</span> ** <span> C The Textual Materials</span><span>164</span> *** <span> 1 Information on the Tibetan Manuscripts and Xylographic Editions<br>Utilized</span><span>164</span> **** <span> A The Tabo Manuscript Fragments</span><span>164</span> **** <span> B -The Berlin Manuscript Kanjur</span><span>165</span> **** <span> Bth - The Newark Manuscript Kanjur from Bathang</span><span>166</span> **** <span> Bu - The Citation in Bu ston Rin chen grub's ''De bzhin gshegs pa 'i<br>snying po gsal zhing mdzes par byed pa 'i rgyan''</span><span>167</span> **** <span> D - The Derge Kanjur (Nyingma Edition)</span><span>167</span> **** <span> J - The 'Jang sa tham or Lithang Kanjur</span><span>168</span> **** <span> L-The Shel dkar Manuscript Kanjur (London)</span><span>169</span> **** <span> N - The Narthang Kanjur</span><span> 169</span> **** <span> P1, Pi, P1 - The Phug brag Ms Kanjur</span><span>170</span> **** <span> Q - The Peking Kanjur (Otani Reprint)</span><span>171</span> **** <span> S The Stog Palace ManuscriptK anjur</span><span>171</span> **** <span> T- The Tokyo Manuscript Kanjur</span><span>172</span> *** <span> 2 The Stemmatic Relations among the Representatives of Tib</span><span>172</span> **** <span> 2.1 The Three Phug brag Versions </span><span>173</span> **** <span> 2.2 The Kanjurs of the Tshal pa Lineage </span><span>177</span> **** <span> 2.3 The Them spangs ma Kanjurs</span><span>186</span> **** <span> 2.4 The Position of Bu</span><span>191</span> **** <span> 2.5 The Position of A</span><span>192</span> **** <span> 2.6 The Relation of the Main Transmissional Groups to Each<br>Other</span><span> 193</span> **** <span> 2.7 Possible Stemmas of Tib</span><span>203</span> *** <span> 3 Characteristics of the Textual Witnesses of Tib</span><span>207</span> **** <span> 3.1 Archaic Features</span><span>207</span> **** <span> 3.2 Irregular Verbal Forms</span><span>208</span> **** <span> 3.3 Colophons and Translators</span><span>210</span> *** <span> 4 A Brief Evaluation of the Chinese Materials</span><span>213</span> *** <span> 5 Remarks on the Various Editions</span><span>214</span> **** <span> 5. I Principles Governing the Critical Edition of Tib</span><span>214</span> **** <span> 5 .2 Remarks on All Editions and Their Critical Apparatuses</span><span>215</span> **** <span> 5.3 The Editions of the Tibetan Translations</span><span>216</span> **** <span> 5.4 The Chinese Editions</span><span>218</span> ** <span> D The Editions</span><span>221</span> *** <span> The Critical and Diplomatic Editions</span><span>221</span> *** <span> Apparatus of Secondary Variants</span><span>370</span> *** <span> Sigla, Symbols and Graphic Devices of the Tibetan Material</span><span>391</span> *** <span> Sigla and Graphic Devices of the Chinese Material</span><span>392</span> ** <span> E Appendices</span><span>395</span> *** <span> Appendix A: Comparative Chart of the Bodhisattva Names in OE</span><span>396</span> *** <span> Appendix B: Comparative Chart of Pada Sequences</span><span>398</span> *** <span> Appendix C: Comparative Table of Sections and Chapters of the<br>Chinese and Tibetan Editions</span><span>400</span> ** <span> Bibliography</span><span>405</span> ** <span> Primary Sources, with Abbreviations</span><span>405</span> ** <span> Select Secondary Sources</span><span>412</span> ** <span> Index</span><span>427</span>   
*<span> Preface</span><span>v</span> *Selections from Pali Sources **<span> The Historic Buddha, Narasu</span><span>3</span> **<span> The Word of the Buddha, Nyanatiloka</span><span>22</span> **<span> Tevigga Sutta, Rhys-Davids</span><span>61</span> **<span> 118th Discourse, Chao Kung</span><span>73</span> *Selections from Sanskrit Sources **<span> Maha-Prajna-Paramita-Hridaya, Goddard</span><span>85</span> **<span> The Diamond Sutra, Wai-tao</span><span>87</span> **<span> The Surangama Sutra, Wai-tao</span><span>108</span> **<span> Lankavatara Scripture, Suzuki and Goddard</span><span>277</span> **<span> The Awakening of Faith, Wai-tao</span><span>357</span> *Selections from Chinese Sources **<span> Tao-teh-king, Wai-tao</span><span>407</span> **<span> Dhyana for Beginners, Wai-tao</span><span>437</span> **<span> Sutra Spoken by the Sixth Patriarch, Wong Mou-lam</span><span>497</span> *Selections from Tibetan Sources **<span> The Life and Hymns of Milarepa, Evans-Wentz</span><span>561</span> **<span> The Supreme Path, Evans-Wentz</span><span>600</span> *Selections from Modern Sources **<span> Homeless Brothers, Yamabe</span><span>625</span> **<span> Practising the Seventh Stage, Goddard</span><span>634</span> *<span> Summary of Buddha’s Dharma</span><span>645</span> *<span> Appendix</span><span>659</span>   +
*<span> Foreword</span><span>ix</span> *<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>xi</span> *<span> Note on Transcription</span><span>xii</span> *<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>xiii</span> *Part I: Sakya Pandita’s Life and Work **<span> Introduction</span><span>3</span> *Part II: A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes **<span> Prologue</span><span>39</span> **<span> Vows of Individual Liberation</span><span>41</span> **<span> Vows of the Bodhisattva</span><span>81</span> **<span> Vows of the Vajra Vehicle</span><span>95</span> **<span> Epilogue</span><span>199</span> *Part III: Six Letters by Sakya Pandita **<span> 1. Reply to the Questions of the Translator from Chak</span><span>205</span> **<span> 2. Reply to the Questions of the Translator of Lowo</span><span>225</span> **<span> 3. A Letter to the Noble-Minded</span><span>229</span> **<span> 4. A Letter to the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas of the Ten Directions</span><span>241</span> **<span> 5. Reply to the Questions of Dokorwa the Kadampa</span><span>259</span> **<span> 6. Reply to the Questions of Namkha Bum the Kadampa</span><span>267</span> *<span> Appendix A: Gorampa's Outline of A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes</span><span>273</span> *<span> Appendix B: Transliteration of the Tibetan Text of A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes</span><span>277</span> *<span> Glossary</span><span>331</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>337</span> *<span> Index</span><span>349</span> *<span> About the Cover</span><span>370</span>   +
* <span> 1. Introduction to the Uttara Tantra </span><span>1</span> * <span> 2. The Buddha </span><span>21</span> * <span> 3. The Dharma </span><span>28</span> * <span> 4. The Sangha </span><span>39</span> * <span> 5. Introduction to Book II </span><span>50</span> * <span> 6. Buddha Nature (The 10 Aspects) </span><span>55</span> * <span> 7. Buddha Nature (The 9 Examples) </span><span>85</span> * <span> 8. Enlightenment (1-5 Aspects) </span><span>102</span> * <span> 9. Enlightenment (6-10 Aspects) </span><span>121</span> * <span> 10. The Qualities of Buddhahood </span><span>150</span> * <span> 11. Buddha Activity </span><span>170</span> * <span> 12 The Benefits of the Text </span><span>185</span> ** <span> Appendix A: Technical Terms </span><span>197</span> ** <span> Appendix B: Spellings of Tibetan words </span><span>208</span> ** <span> Appendix C: Biography of Thrangu Rinpoche </span><span>211</span>   +
* <span> '''Introduction'''</span><span>1</span> * <span> 1. Discussion of previous scholarship</span><span>2</span> * <span> 2. Methods and questions addressed in this project</span><span>8</span> * <span> 3. The significance of the idea that insentient things have buddha-nature for<br>    East Asian Buddhism</span><span>15</span> * <span> 4. Background: The legitimacy of the idea that insentient things have buddha-<br>    nature in non-Chinese sources</span><span>17</span> * <span> 5. The definition of "sentient beings"</span><span>25</span> * <span> 6. Chapter summaries</span><span>32</span> * <span> '''Chapter 1: An Examination of the Relationship between Human Nature and the Nature of Inanimate Things in Chinese Thought'''</span><span>36</span> * <span> 1. The discussion of xing 性 in terms of the nature of mind before Xuanxue 玄學<br>    (Arcane Study)</span><span>38</span> * <span> 2. The discussion of xing in terms of ontology</span><span>49</span> **<span> 2.1 The discussion of xing in terms of Daoist ontology before<br>     Arcane Study</span><span>49</span> **<span> 2.2 The discussion of xing in terms of ontology in Arcane Study</span><span>58</span> * <span> 3. The taxonomy of Daoism</span><span>81</span> * <span> 4. Conclusion</span><span>84</span> * <span> '''Chapter 2: A Discussion of Dao-Nature in Practical Daoism'''</span><span>87</span> * <span> 1. The discussion of dao-nature in practical Daoism</span><span>91</span> ** <span> 1.1 Tao Hongjing's 陶弘景 discussion of dao-nature</span><span>92</span> ** <span> 1.2 Song Wenming's 宋文明 discussion of dao-nature</span><span>98</span> *** <span> 1.2.1 The authorship of the Daode yiyuan 道德義淵</span><span>98</span> *** <span> 1.2.2 Song Wenming's discussion of dao-nature</span><span>108</span> * <span> 2. The discussion of dao-nature in the Tang dynasty (618–907 A.D.)</span><span>114</span> * <span> 3. Conclusion</span><span>128</span> * <span> '''Chapter 3: A Discussion of Jizang's 吉藏 Argument that Grasses and Trees Have Buddha-Nature'''</span><span>130</span> * <span> 1. Sentient beings: Are they buddha-nature or do they have buddha-nature?</span><span>136</span> * <span> 2. Jizang's definition of buddha-nature</span><span>138</span> * <span> 3. An examination of Jizang's argument of buddha-nature in an ontological<br>    view</span><span>157</span> ** <span> 3.1 The meaning of the word li 理 (principle) and the method of linei-liwai<br>     理內理外 (within li, beyond li)</span><span>157</span> ** <span> 3.2 An examination of Jizang's argument that insentient things have<br>     buddha-nature</span><span>177</span> * <span> 4. A comparison of Jizang's discussion of buddha-nature with the dao-nature of<br>     Daoism</span><span>182</span> * <span> 5. Conclusion</span><span>184</span> * <span> '''Chapter 4: An Examination of Zhanran's 湛然 Discussion of Buddha-Nature'''</span><span>189</span> * <span> 1. An examination of Zhanran's argument of insentient things having buddha-<br>    nature</span><span>195</span> * <span> 2. Zhanran's definition and interpretation of buddha-nature</span><span>203</span> ** <span> 2.1 Zhanran's discussion of nature</span><span>203</span> ** <span> 2.2 Zhanran's definition of buddha-nature</span><span>205</span> ** <span> 2.3 The relationship between unity and diversity</span><span>220</span> * <span> 3. An investigation of Chinese thought in Zhanran's Fuxing 輔行<br>    (止觀輔行傳弘決) and its association with Zhanran's discussion of<br>    buddha-nature</span><span>223</span> * <span> 4. Conclusion</span><span>243</span> * <span> '''Conclusion: A Comparison of Buddha-Nature and Dao-Nature'''</span><span>247</span> * <span> '''Bibliography'''</span><span>266</span>   
* <span> Introduction</span><span>v</span> <center>I. Possibilities</center> * <span> Your Enlightened Core</span><span>3</span> * <span> Great Beings Talk About the Enlightened Core</span><span>9</span> <center>II. Overview</center> * <span> Overview of the Path of Meditation</span><span>23</span> <center>III. A Complete Session of Meditation</center> *''Preparations'': **<span> Taking Refuge and Arousing Enlightenment Mind</span><span>31</span> *''Main Practices'': **<span> Development of Insight into Reality Through the Practices of Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>51</span> **<span> The Key Points of the Body: Posture</span><span>55</span> **<span> The Key Points of Mind: Shamatha</span><span>57</span> **<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: The Two Truths and Emptiness</span><span>73</span> **<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: Emptiness Progressively Understood Through the Four Schools of Buddhist Philosophy</span><span>91</span> **<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: Emptiness Known Through Examination<br>of Time</span><span>103</span> **<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vajra Vehicle Meditations on Reality</span><span>105</span> *''Conclusion'': **<span> Dedication, The Seal</span><span>119</span> *<span> Glossary</span><span>123</span>   +
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>viii</span> * <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> ** <span> General Remarks</span><span>1</span> ** <span> Delimitation of the Subject and Methods Employed</span><span>3</span> ** <span> The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and Its ''Vyākhyā''</span><span>7</span> ** <span> The Reaction of Mainstream Mahāyāna to the Theory of Buddha Nature</span><span>17</span> * Part I:The Tibetan Historical Context ** <span> 1. The Development of Various Traditions of Interpreting Buddha Nature</span><span>25</span> *** <span> Ngog Loden Sherab's Analytical Interpretation of<br> the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>25</span> *** <span> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' Commentaries in the Meditation Tradition</span><span>32</span> *** <span> The Mahāmudrā Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>34</span> *** <span> The Zhentong Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>45</span> ** <span> 2. Various Positions Related to Zhönu Pal's Interpretation</span><span>49</span> *** <span> The Position of the Third Karmapa Rangjung Dorjé</span><span>51</span> *** <span> The Position of Dölpopa Sherab Gyaltsen</span><span>75</span> *** <span> The Position of Sabzang Mati Panchen</span><span>84</span> *** <span> The Position of Lodrö Tsungmé</span><span>91</span> *** <span> The Position of Longchen Rabjampa</span><span>98</span> *** <span> The Position of Barawa Gyaltsen Palzang</span><span>113</span> *** <span> A Comparison of the Positions</span><span>125</span> ** <span> 3. A Short Account of the Most Important Events in Zhönu Pal's Life</span><span>131</span> * Part II: Translation ** <span> 4. Zhönu Pal's Ratnagotravibhagavyākhya Commentary</span><span>151</span> *** <span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>151</span> *** <span> Technical Notes</span><span>154</span> *** <span> ''The Commentary on the Treatise "Mahāyāna-Uttaratantra": The Mirror<br>Showing Reality Very Clearly'' (Introduction and Initial Commentaries)</span><span>157</span> **** <span> Introduction</span><span>157</span> **** <span> The Commentary for Those with Sharp Faculties</span><span>169</span> **** <span> The Commentary for Those with Average Faculties</span><span>180</span> ***** <span> The Explanation of RGV I.1</span><span>181</span> ***** <span> The Explanation of RGV I.2</span><span>204</span> ****** <span> The Three Jewels: Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha</span><span>205</span> ****** <span> Buddha Nature and Its Purification through the Three Dharmacakras</span><span>214</span> ****** <span> Enlightenment, Buddha Qualities, and Activity</span><span>309</span> ***** <span> A Short Explanation of RGV I.3</span><span>312</span> * Part III. Zhonu Pal's Views on Buddha Qualities, Emptiness and Mahamudra ** <span> 5. Buddha Qualities</span><span>317</span> *** <span> General Remarks</span><span>317</span> *** <span> Different Views on Buddha Qualities</span><span>318</span> *** <span> The Blossoming of Subtle Qualities</span><span>320</span> *** <span> The Examples Used to Illustrate the Growth of the Qualities</span><span>342</span> *** <span> The Ontological Status of the Buddha Qualities</span><span>344</span> ** <span> 6. Two Types of Emptiness</span><span>351</span> ** <span> 7. Zhönu Pal's Mahāmudrā Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>367</span> *** <span> The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' as a Basis for Mahāmudrā Instructions</span><span>367</span> *** <span> The Three Dharmacakras: Mahāmudrā Hermeneutics</span><span>368</span> *** <span> The Mahāmudrā Approach of Yogic Direct Valid Cognitions</span><span>373</span> *** <span> Sūtra-Based Mahāmudrā Meditation</span><span>377</span> **** <span> The First Mahāmudrā Yoga of One-Pointedness</span><span>381</span> **** <span> The Second Mahāmudrā Yoga of Freedom from Mental<br> Fabrications</span><span>382</span> **** <span> The Third Mahāmudrā Yoga of One Taste</span><span>384</span> **** <span> The Fourth Mahāmudrā Yoga of Nonmeditation</span><span>385</span> **** <span> The Four Mahāmudrā Yogas and the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>386</span> *** <span> Zhönu Pal's Justification of a Sudden Mahāmudrā Path</span><span>397</span> *** <span> Pairs of Paradoxes</span><span>406</span> ** <span> 8. Conclusion</span><span>411</span> * <span> Notes</span><span>423</span> * <span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>555</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>565</span> * <span> Subject Index</span><span>589</span> * <span> Indian Text Index</span><span>607</span>   
*<span> Foreword</span><span>9</span> *   Michael Zimmermann *<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>13</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>15</span> *   Michael Radich and Chen-kuo Lin *<span> Chinese Translations of ''Pratyakṣa''</span><span>33</span> *   Funayama Toru *<span> Epistemology and Cultivation in Jingying<br>Huiyuan’s ''Essay on the Three Means of Valid Cognition''</span><span>63</span> *   Chen-kuo Lin *<span> The Theory of ''Apoha'' in Kuiji's ''Cheng weishi lun Shuji''</span><span>101</span> *   Shoryu Katsura *<span> A Comparison between the Indian and Chinese<br>Interpretations of the Antinomic Reason (''Viruddhāvyabhicārin'')</span><span>121</span> *   Shinya Moriyama *<span> The Problem of Self-Refuting Statements in Chinese Buddhist Logic</span><span>151</span> *   Jakub Zamorski *<span> A Re-examination of the Relationship between the ''Awakening of Faith''<br> and Dilun School Thought, Focusing on the Works of Huiyuan</span><span>183</span> *   Ching Keng *<span> A Pivotal Text for the Definition of the Two Hindrances in East Asia:<br> Huiyuan's "Erzhang yi" Chapter</span><span>217</span> *   A. Charles Muller *<span> On the Notion of ''Kaidaoyi'' (*''Avakāśadānāśraya'') as Discussed in<br> Xuanzang's ''Cheng weishi lun''</span><span>271</span> *   Junjie Chu *<span> Yogācāra Critiques of the Two Truths</span><span>313</span> *   Zhihua Yao *<span> Philosophical Aspects of Sixth-Century Chinese Buddhist Debates on<br> "Mind and Consciousness"</span><span>337</span> *   Hans-Rudolf Kantor *<span> The Way of Nonacquisition: Jizang’s Philosophy of Ontic Indeterminacy</span><span>397</span> *   Chien-hsing Ho *<span> Divided Opinion among Chinese Commentators on Indian Interpretations of<br>the Parable of the Raft in the ''Vajracchedikā''</span><span>419</span> *   Yoke Meei Choong *<span> Ideas about "Consciousness" in Fifth and Sixth Century Chinese Buddhist<br>Debates on the Survival of Death by the Spirit, and the Chinese<br>Background to *''Amalavijñāna''</span><span>471</span> *   Michael Radich *<span> The Process of Awakening in Early Texts on Buddha-Nature in India</span><span>513</span> *   Michael Zimmermann *<span> About the Authors</span><span>529</span> *<span> Index</span><span>535</span>   
*<span> Foreword by Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span> xiii </span> *<span> Translator’s Introduction </span><span> xv </span> *Ornament of the Mahāyāna Sūtras: The Root Verses **<span> 1. The First Chapter </span><span> 3</span> **<span> 2. Establishing the Great Vehicle as the Buddhas Word </span><span> 5</span> **<span> 3. Refuge </span><span> 9</span> **<span> 4. The Potential </span><span> 13</span> **<span> 5. The Spiritual Intent: Bodhicitta </span><span> 15</span> **<span> 6. Practice </span><span> 19</span> **<span> 7. Thatness </span><span> 21</span> **<span> 8. Powers </span><span> 23</span> **<span> 9. Full Maturation </span><span> 25</span> **<span> 10. Enlightenment </span><span> 29</span> **<span> 11. Interest </span><span> 41</span> **<span> 12. Thorough Investigation </span><span> 45</span> **<span> 13. Teaching the Dharma </span><span> 57</span> **<span> 14. Practicing the Dharma </span><span> 61</span> **<span> 15. Instructions and Follow-Up Teachings </span><span> 67</span> **<span> 16. Skillful Activity </span><span> 75</span> **<span> 17. Transcendent Perfections and Ways of Attracting Disciples </span><span> 77</span> **<span> 18. Offering, Reliance, and Boundless Attitudes </span><span> 89</span> **<span> 19. Elements Leading to Enlightenment </span><span> 99</span> **<span> 20. Qualities </span><span> 113</span> **<span> 21. Conduct and Consummation </span><span> 125</span> *A Feast of the Nectar of the Supreme Vehicle: The Commentary **<span> Preamble, Title, and Translator’s Homage </span><span> 137</span> **<span> Introduction </span><span> 139</span> *''Part One: What Is to Be Established: Establishingthe Great Vehicleas the Buddha’s Word'' **<span> 1. General Presentation </span><span> 151</span> **<span> 2. Specific Explanations </span><span> 155</span> *''Part Two: What Is to Be Specifically Known'' **<span> 3. Refuge </span><span> 171</span> **<span> 4. The Potential </span><span> 183</span> **<span> 5. The Spiritual Intent: Bodhicitta </span><span> 197</span> **<span> 6. Practice </span><span> 221</span> *''Part Three: What Is to Be Reflected Upon'' **<span> 7. Thatness </span><span> 133</span> **<span> 8. Powers </span><span> 149</span> **<span> 9. Full Maturation </span><span> 259</span> *''Part Four: The Inconceivable, That Which Is beyond Reflection'' **<span> 10. Enlightenment </span><span> 279</span> **<span> Recapitulation </span><span> 339</span> *''Part Five: The Approach to Enlightenment'' *Preliminaries **<span> 11. Interest </span><span> 345</span> **<span> 12. Thorough Investigation </span><span> 359</span> **<span> 13. Teaching the Dharma </span><span> 447</span> **<span> 14. Practicing the Dharma </span><span> 473</span> **<span> 15. Instructions and Follow-Up Teachings </span><span> 491</span> **<span> Intermediate Summary </span><span> 519</span> *Main Explanation **<span> 16. Skillful Activity </span><span> 521</span> **<span> 17. Transcendent Perfections and Ways of Attracting Disciples </span><span> 525</span> **<span> 18. Offering, Reliance, and Boundless Attitudes </span><span> 579</span> **<span> 19. Elements Leading to Enlightenment </span><span> 629</span> **<span> 20. Qualities </span><span> 731</span> **<span> 21. Conduct and Consummation </span><span> 797</span> **<span> Conclusion </span><span> 843</span> *<span> Appendix 1: Structural Outline </span><span> 847</span> *<span> Appendix 2: The Five Bodhisattva Paths and the Thirty-Seven Elements Leading<br>to Enlightenment </span><span> 863 </span> *<span> Appendix 3: The Three Worlds and Six Realms </span><span> 867</span> *<span> Glossary </span><span> 871</span> *<span> Works Cited </span><span> 887</span> *<span> Bibliography </span><span> 891</span> *<span> Index </span><span> 893</span>   
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>viii</span> * <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> ** <span> General Remarks</span><span>1</span> ** <span> A Summary of the Amanasikāra Cycle and the<br> *''Mahāmudrākanakamālā''</span><span>7</span> ** <span> Maitrīpa’s Life Story in the '''Bri gung bKa' brgyud chos mdzod''</span><span>23</span> * <span> The Collection of Texts on Non-conceptual Realization<br>(The ''Amanasikāra Cycle'')</span><span>41</span> ** <span> 1. The Destruction of Wrong Views (''Kudrstinirghātana'')</span><span>41</span> ** <span> 2. A Commentary on the [Initial] Statement of "The Destruction of Wrong<br>Views" (''Kudrstinirghātavākyatippinikā'')</span><span>51</span> ** <span> 3. The Major Offences (''Mūlūpattayah'')</span><span>55</span> ** <span> 4. The Gross Offences (''Sthūlāpattayah'')</span><span>57</span> ** <span> 5. A Jewel Garland of True Reality (''Tattvaratndvalī'')</span><span>59</span> ** <span> 6. Explaining the Seals of the Five Tathāgatas<br>(''Pañcatathāgatamudrāvivaraṇa'')</span><span>95</span> ** <span> 7. A Presentation of Empowerment (''Sekanirdeśa'')</span><span>107</span> ** <span> 8. The Succession of the Four Seals (''Caturmudrānvaya'')</span><span>119</span> ** <span> 9. A Summary of the Meaning of Empowerment (''Sekatātparyasaṃgraha'')</span><span>133</span> ** <span> 10. The Five Aspects [of Vajrasattva] ([''Vajrasattva''-]''Pañcākāra'')</span><span>147</span> ** <span> 11. A Discourse on Illusion (''Māyānirukti'')</span><span>155</span> ** <span> 12. A Discourse on Dream (''Svapnanirukti'')</span><span>159</span> ** <span> 13. An Elucidation of True Reality (''Tattvaprakāśa'')</span><span>163</span> ** <span> 14. An Elucidation of Non-Abiding (''Apratiṣṭhānaprakāśa'')</span><span>169</span> ** <span> 15. An Elucidation of [the Term] "Indivisible union" (''Yuganaddhaprakāśa'')</span><span>175</span> ** <span> 16. The Manifestation of Great Bliss (''Mahāsukhaprakāśa'')</span><span>181</span> ** <span> 17. The Twenty Verses on True Reality (''Tattvaviṃśikā'')</span><span>187</span> ** <span> 18. The Twenty Verses on Mahāyāna (''Mahāyānaviṃśikā'')</span><span>193</span> ** <span> 19. The Five Verses on Penetrating Insight (''Nirvedhapañcaka'')</span><span>199</span> ** <span> 20. The Six Verses on the Middle [Path] (''Madhyamaṣaṭka'')</span><span>203</span> ** <span> 21. The Five [Verses on Transcendent] Love (''Premapañcaka'')</span><span>207</span> ** <span> 22. The Ten Verses on True Reality (''Tattvadaśaka'')</span><span>211</span> ** <span> 23. A Justification of Non-conceptual Realization (''Amanasikārādhāra'')</span><span>241</span> ** <span> 24. The Six Verses on the Co-emergent (''Sahajaṣaṭka'')</span><span>259</span> ** <span> 25. A Pith Instruction on Reality Called A Treasure of Dohas (*''Dohānidhināmatattvopadeśa'')</span><span>263</span> ** <span> 26. A Pith Instruction on Settling the Mind Without Becoming Engaged<br>in the Thought Processes of Projecting and Gathering—A Genuine Secret<br>(''Shes pa spro bsdu med par 'jog pa'i man ngag gsang ba dam pa'')</span><span>269</span> ** <span> 27. A Golden Garland of Mahāmudrā (*''Mahāmudrākanakamālā'')</span><span>273</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>315</span> * <span> Edition of the Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts</span><span>319</span> ** <span> General Remarks</span><span>319</span> ** <span> 1. ''Kudṛṣṭinirghātana''</span><span>323</span> ** <span> 2. ''Kudṛṣṭinirghātavākyaṭippinikā''</span><span>333</span> ** <span> 3. ''Mūlāpattayah''</span><span>337</span> ** <span> 4. ''Sthūlāpattayah''</span><span>339</span> ** <span> 5. ''Tattvaratnāvalī''</span><span>341</span> ** <span> 6. ''Pañcatathāgatamudrāvivaraṇa''</span><span>371</span> ** <span> 7. ''Sekanirdeśa''</span><span>385</span> ** <span> 8. ''Caturmudrānvaya''</span><span>389</span> ** <span> 9. ''Sekatātparyasaṃgraha''</span><span>403</span> ** <span> 10. ''[Vajrasattva-]Pañcākāra''</span><span>415</span> ** <span> 11. ''Māyānirukti''</span><span>427</span> ** <span> 12. ''Svapnanirukti''</span><span>433</span> ** <span> 13. ''Tattvaprakāśa''</span><span>437</span> ** <span> 14. ''Apratiṣṭhānaprakāśa''</span><span>443</span> ** <span> 15. ''Yuganaddhaprakāśa''</span><span>447</span> ** <span> 16. ''Mahāsukhaprakāśa''</span><span>451</span> ** <span> 17. ''Tattvaviṃśikā''</span><span>457</span> ** <span> 18. ''Mahāyānaviṃśikā''</span><span>465</span> ** <span> 19. ''Nirvedhapañcaka''</span><span>473</span> ** <span> 20. ''Madhyamaṣaṭka''</span><span>477</span> ** <span> 21. ''Premapañcaka''</span><span>481</span> ** <span> 22. ''Tattvadaśaka''</span><span>485</span> ** <span> 23. ''Amanasikārādhāra''</span><span>489</span> ** <span> 24. ''Sahajaṣaṭka''</span><span>499</span> ** <span> 25. *''Dohānidhināmatattvopadeśa''</span><span>503</span> ** <span> 26. ''Shes pa spro bsdu med par 'jog pa'i man ngag gsang ba dam pa''</span><span>507</span> ** <span> 27. *''Mahāmudrākanakamālā''</span><span>511</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>543</span> ** <span> Primary Sources (Indian)</span><span>543</span> ** <span> Primary Sources (Tibetan)</span><span>549</span> ** <span> References</span><span>551</span> * <span> Index</span><span>559</span>   
* Foreword * <span> Ringu Tulku </span><span>ix</span> * <span> Preface </span><span>xi</span> * <span> Introduction </span><span>1</span> ** Holly Gayley and Joshua Schapiro * <span> Part I: Worldly Counsel </span><span>21</span> ** <span> 1. Facing Your Mind </span><span>23</span> *** Jamgön Kongtrul and Dudjom Lingpa **** Translated by John Canti ** <span> 2. Playful Primers on the Path </span><span>47</span> *** Dza Patrul Rinpoché **** Translated by Joshua Schapiro ** <span> 3. Dictums for Developing Virtue </span><span>83</span> *** Shangtön Tenpa Gyatso **** Translated by Gedun Rabsal and Nicole Willock ** <span> 4. Bold Judgments on Eating Meat </span><span>97</span> *** Shardza Tashi Gyaltsen **** Translated by Geoffrey Barstow ** <span> 5. A Letter to the Queen </span><span>109</span> *** Jikmé Lingpa and Getsé Mahāpaṇḍita **** Translated by Jann Ronis * <span> Part II: Meditation Advice </span><span>123</span> ** <span> 6. Advice for Solitary Retreat </span><span>125</span> *** Do Khyentsé, Dza Patrul Rinpoché, and the Third Dodrupchen **** Translated by Holly Gayley ** <span> 7. Encouragement to Pursue the Path </span><span>171</span> *** Bamda Thupten Gelek Gyatso **** Translated by Michael Sheehy ** <span> 8. How to Practice When Ill </span><span>191</span> *** Jikmé Lingpa **** Translated by Wulstan Fletcher ** <span> 9. An Intimate Exhortation </span><span>201</span> *** Tokden Śākya Śrī **** Translated by Amy Holmes-Tagchungdarpa ** <span> 10. A Meditation Instructor’s Manual </span><span>211</span> *** Dza Patrul Rinpoché **** Translated by Sarah Harding * <span> Part III: Esoteric Instructions </span><span>239</span> ** <span> 11. Pointing to the Nature of Awareness </span><span>241</span> *** Ju Mipham Rinpoché **** Translated by Douglas Duckworth ** <span> 12. [[Articles/Putting_Buddha_Nature_into_Practice|Putting Buddha Nature into Practice]] </span><span>251</span> *** Jamgön Kongtrul **** Translated by Tina Draszczyk ** <span> 13. Instructions on the Great Perfection </span><span>285</span> *** Jamgön Kongtrul **** Translated by Marc-Henri Deroche * <span> Glossary </span><span>303</span> * <span> Tibetan Proper Names </span><span>317</span> * <span> Contributors </span><span>327</span>   
*<span> General Editor’s Preface</span><span>xiii</span> *<span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>1</span> *<span> Technical Note</span><span>17</span> A Lamp to Illuminate the Five Stages :''Core Teachings on the Glorious Guhyasamāja, King of Tantras'' *<span> 1. Homage and Introduction</span><span>21</span> *Part 1. Divisions of Highest Yoga Tantra **<span> 2. The Two Types of Tantra</span><span>25</span> **<span> 3. Specific Explanation of Guhyasamāja Method Tantra</span><span>43</span> **<span> 4. Praise of Guhyasamāja</span><span>55</span> **<span> 5. Commentarial Traditions</span><span>59</span> *Part 2. The Path of Guhyasamāja **<span> 6. Training in the Guhyasamāja</span><span>75</span> **<span> 7. The Two Stages</span><span>83</span> **<span> 8. Explanation of Evām and of Bliss and Emptiness</span><span>91</span> **<span> 9. The Necessity of Penetrating Vital Points on the Body </span><span>123</span> *Part 3. The Divisions o f the Completion Stage **<span> 10. The Core Instruction </span><span>137</span> **<span> 11. TheFiveStages </span><span>143</span> *Part 4. Body Isolation **<span> 12. Identifying Body Isolation </span><span>167</span> **<span> 13. Types of Body Isolation </span><span>181</span> **<span> 14. How Body Isolation Is Incorporated into the Six Yogas </span><span>191</span> **<span> 15. The Practice o f Body Isolation </span><span>199</span> *Part 5. Speech Isolation **<span> 16. Identifying Speech Isolation </span><span>213</span> **<span> 17. Divisions,Functions, and Movement of the Winds </span><span>217</span> **<span> 18. Significance of the Mantras </span><span>253</span> **<span> 19. Prānāyāma Meditations </span><span>267</span> **<span> 20. Vajra Repetition </span><span>295</span> **<span> 21 . Experiences in Prānāyāma Meditation </span><span>309</span> *Part 6. Mind Isolation **<span> 22 . The Nature of Mind Isolation </span><span>333</span> **<span> 23. The Three Appearances and the Intrinsic Natures </span><span>341</span> *Part 7. The Conventional-Truth Illusory Body **24. Gaining Instructions on the Illusory Body **25. Methods of Attaining the Illusory Body **26. The Mixings *Part 8. The Ultimate-Truth Clear Light **<span> 27. Stages of Attainment</span><span>443</span> **<span> 28. The Outer and Inner Mastery </span><span>447</span> **<span> 29. The Two Meditative Absorptions </span><span>453</span> **<span> 30. How the Path of Tantra Must Occur on the Sutra Path </span><span>463</span> **<span> 31. How Clear Light Is Incorporated into the Six Yogas </span><span>475</span> *Part 9.The Stage of Union **<span> 31 . The Two Truths Inseparably Combined </span><span>483</span> **<span> 33. How the Stage of Union Fits into the Six Yogas </span><span>503</span> *Part 10. Tantric Activities **<span> 34. General Presentation of Activities </span><span>509</span> **<span> 35. HighestYoga Tantra Activities</span><span>527</span> **<span> 36. Rituals for the Three Activities</span><span>541</span> **<span> 37. The Attainment of Complete Enlightenment</span><span>559</span> *<span> Colophon and Dedication</span><span>563</span> *<span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>567</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>569</span> *<span> Glossary</span><span>605</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>617</span> *<span> Index</span><span>629</span> *<span> About the Contributors</span><span>649</span>   
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> *Chapter **<span> I. Historical Overview</span><span>10</span> **<span> II. Tathāgatabarbha</span><span>61</span> **<span> III. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part I</span><span>116</span> **<span> IV. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part II</span><span>136</span> *<span> V. The Teaching of Queen Śrīmālā Who Had the Lion's Roar</span><span>187</span> *<span> Appendix I: Methodology</span><span>278</span> *<span> Appendix II: Bibliography</span><span>287</span>   +
*<span> List of Tables</span><span>10</span> *<span> Abstract</span><span>11</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>13</span> *<span> Chapter 1. The Controversy: The Relationship between the Doctrine of<br>Emptiness and the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>25</span> *<span> Chapter 2. Yinshun's Interpretation of the "Original Purity of the Mind" and Its<br>Role in the Development of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Doctrine</span><span>43</span> **<span> 2.1. "Original Purity of the Mind" in pre-Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>45</span> ***<span> 2.1.1. The "Original Purity of the Mind" and the Cultivation of ''Samādhi''</span><span>46</span> ***<span> 2.1.2. Canonical Sources for the "Original Purity of the Mind"<br>Doctrine</span><span>49</span> ***<span> 2.1.3. Yinshun's Interpretation of the "Original Purity of the Mind”: The Sarvāstivādin Position</span><span>52</span> ***<span> 2.1.4. The Role of Metaphors in the Explication of the "Original Purity<br>of the Mind"</span><span>57</span> ***<span> 2.1.5. Unity of the Mind</span><span>60</span> **<span> 2.2. "Original Purity of the Mind" in Early Mahāyāna</span><span>64</span> ***<span> 2.2.1. No-Mind and the "Original Purity of the Mind"</span><span>65</span> ***<span> 2.2.2. The Bodhisattva Mind</span><span>69</span> ***<span> 2.2.3. Bodhicitta, Luminous Purity, and Emptiness</span><span>72</span> *<span> Chapter 3. Yinshun's Analysis of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'''s Relationship to the ''Perfection<br>of Wisdom Sūtras'', The ''Huayan Sūtra'', and the ''Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra''</span><span>79</span> **<span> 3.1. The "Equality of all Dharmas" and the "Non-Obstruction of<br>Phenomena"</span><span>81</span> ***<span> 3.1.1. The ''Prajñāpāramitā'' Literature</span><span>81</span> ***<span> 3.1.2. ''Huayan Sūtra''</span><span>84</span> **<span> 3.2. The Implied Meanings of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory Found in the<br>''Huayan Sūtra''</span><span>86</span> ***<span> 3.2.1. Tathāgata's Nature Origination Chapter</span><span>86</span> ***<span> 3.2.2. The Ten Stages Chapter</span><span>90</span> ***<span> 3.2.3. The Vairocana Chapter</span><span>93</span> **<span> 3.3. Mind, Bodhicitta, Bodhi, and Sentient Beings</span><span>98</span> ***<span> 3.3.1. ''Bodhicitta'' and ''Bodhi''</span><span>99</span> ***<span> 3.3.2. ''Bodhicitta'', ''Bodhi'', and the Doctrine of Emptiness</span><span>103</span> ***<span> 3.3.3. ''Bodhicitta'', ''Bodhi'', and the Jewel Metaphor</span><span>107</span> **<span> 3.4. The ''Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra''</span><span>110</span> *<span> Chapter 4. The Tathāgatagarbha as the womb of the Tathāgata: Yinshun's<br>Explanation</span><span>118</span> **<span> 4.1. Tathāgata and ''Tathāgatagarbha'' (''Rulai yu rulaizang'')</span><span>123</span> **<span> 4.2. The Selfhood of ''Tathāgatagarbha'' (''Rulaizangwo'')</span><span>131</span> **<span> 4.3. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' is not empty (''Rulaizangbukong'')</span><span>142</span> *<span> Chapter 5. Yinshun's Interpretation of the ''Jewel Nature Treatise'''s Treatment of<br>the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>148</span> **<span> 5.1. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' as the Chief ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Treatise</span><span>150</span> ***<span> 5.1.1. The ''Jewel Nature Treatise'' (''Jiujing yisheng baoxinglun'')</span><span>150</span> ***<span> 5.1.2. The ''Wushangyijing''</span><span>154</span> ***<span> 5.1.3. The ''Dasheng fajie wuchabie lun''</span><span>155</span> **<span> 5.2. The Texts and Treatises on which the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' are Based</span><span>157</span> **<span> 5.3 An Analysis of the Meaning of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>160</span> ***<span> 5.3.1 The ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>160</span> ****<span> 5.3.1.1. The Pervasive Dharmakāya</span><span>160</span> ****<span> 5.3.1.2. Suchness without Distinction</span><span>161</span> ****<span> 5.3.1.3. The Buddha's Seed Nature</span><span>162</span> ***<span> 5.3.2. The Originally Pure Mind</span><span>163</span> ***<span> 5.3.3. Non-Emptiness and the Seed Nature</span><span>168</span> ***<span> 5.3.4. "Transforming the Base" (Skt. ''Āśrayaparavṛtti'': Chn. ''Zhuanyi'')</span><span>170</span> *<span> Chapter 6 . Conclusion: Yinshun's Hermeneutics</span><span>173</span> **<span> 6.1. Overview of Yinshun's interpretation of ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Doctrine</span><span>174</span> **<span> 6.2. Where to Go from Here</span><span>193</span> *<span> References</span><span>205</span>   
**<span> Approval Page</span><span>ii</span> **<span> Abstract</span><span>iii</span> **<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>v</span> **<span> Dedication</span><span>vi</span> **<span> Table of Contents</span><span>vii</span> *<span> CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span> **<span> 1) A General Statement about This Study</span><span>1</span> **<span> 2) A Brief Review of Related Research</span><span>8</span> **<span> 3) Methodologies Employed in This Study</span><span>9</span> *<span> CHAPTER TWO: TATHĀGATAGARBHA THOUGHT PRIOR TO THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA''</span><span>11</span> **<span> 1) The ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>13</span> **<span> 2) The ''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>26</span> ***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha and Ātman</span><span>29</span> ***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha and Śūnyatā</span><span>32</span> ***<span> III Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially Pure</span><span>35</span> ***<span> IV Tathāgatagarbha is the Supporting Cause</span><span>37</span> *<span> CHAPTER THREE: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (1) — TATHĀGATANAIRĀTMYAGARBHA</span><span>42</span> **<span> 1) A Brief Review of the Development of the Nairātmya Doctrine</span><span>46</span> ***<span> I "An-ātman" in Primitive Buddhism</span><span>46</span> ***<span> II "Niḥsvabhāva" in Madhyamaka School</span><span>47</span> ***<span> III "Twofold Nairātmya" in Yogācāra School</span><span>49</span> **<span> 2) Relationship between Tathāgatagarbha and Nairātmya as Found in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>52</span> ***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha is Different from Ātman</span><span>53</span> ***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha is in Accordance with Nairātmya</span><span>56</span> ***<span> III Tathāgatagarbha and Śūnyatā are in Agreement</span><span>59</span> **<span> 3) Tathāgatagarbha and the "Real and Eternal Mind-only"</span><span>63</span> ***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially "Genuine Ātman"</span><span>65</span> ***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially Aśūnya</span><span>74</span> **<span> 4) Conclusion</span><span>81</span> *<span> CHAPTER FOUR: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (2) — TATHĀGATAGARBHĀLAYAVIJÑĀNA</span><span>82</span> **<span> 1) Meaning of Tathāgatagarbha as Cause Prior to the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>85</span> ***<span> I The ''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>86</span> ***<span> II The ''Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa-parivarta-sūtra''</span><span>88</span> ***<span> III The ''Ratna-gotra-vibhāga''</span><span>90</span> **<span> 2) Tathāgatagarbha as Cause in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>92</span> ***<span> I Meaning of "Supporting Cause" Inherited from the Tathāgatagarbha Tradition</span><span>93</span> ***<span> II Meaning of "Producing Cause" Implanted from the Yogācāra<br>School</span><span>103</span> **<span> 3) Conclusion</span><span>117</span> *<span> CHAPTER FIVE: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (3) — PARINIṢPĀNNASVABHĀVASTATHĀGATA-<br>GARBHAHṚDAYA</span><span>122</span> **<span> 1) Expansion And Extent of Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>123</span> ***<span> I Tathāgata-Wisdom in the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>124</span> ***<span> II "Tathāgata-Śūnyatā-Wisdom" and "Tathāgata-Realm" in the<br>''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>129</span> **<span> 2) Contents of the Term "Pariniṣpanasvabhāva"</span><span>132</span> ***<span> I Tathatā in the ''Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra'' and the ''Yogācāryabhūmiśāstra''</span><span>134</span> ***<span> II All the Pure Dharmas in the ''Mahāyānasaṃgrahaśāstra''</span><span>139</span> **<span> 3) Pariniṣpanasvabhāvastathāgatagarbhahṛdaya in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>141</span> **<span> 4) Conclusion</span><span>151</span> *<span> CHAPTER SIX: CONCLUSION</span><span>155</span> *<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>158</span>   
* <span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Preface</span><span>xi</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> ** <span> I. The Ratnagotravibhāga, its Text, Translation, and Traditions concering the Author</span><span>5</span> *** <span> 1. Text</span><span>5</span> *** <span> 2. Translations & Traditions concerning the Author</span><span>6</span> ** <span> II. The Structure of the Text</span><span>10</span> *** <span> 1. Basic Text and Commentary</span><span>10</span> *** <span> 2. Chinese Account of the Basic Verses</span><span>12</span> *** <span> 3. Supposed Form of the Original Text</span><span>18</span> *** <span> 4. The Commentary and Later Additions</span><span>19</span> ** <span> III. Keypoint of the Discourse</span><span>20</span> *** <span> 1. ''Ratnagotra'', the Germ of the Three Jewels</span><span>20</span> *** <span> 2. 4 Aspects of the Germ</span><span>23</span> *** <span> 3. The Absolute</span><span>26</span> ** <span> IV. Genealogy of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>32</span> *** <span> 1. Sources of the Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>32</span> *** <span> 2. ''Cittaprakrti'' and ''Āganutukakleśa''</span><span>34</span> *** <span> 3. ''Buddhajñana'' in the Avatamsaka</span><span>35</span> *** <span> 4. The Tathāgatagarbhasūtra</span><span>36</span> *** <span> 5. The Āryaśrīmālāsūtra</span><span>37</span> *** <span> 6. The Anūnatvâpūrnatvanirdeśa and the Mahāparinirvānasūtra</span><span>39</span> *** <span> 7. The Mahāyānasūtrâlankāra</span><span>40</span> ** <span> V. Works on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory Contemporary with or Succeeding<br>the Ratna.</span><span>45</span> *** <span> 1. The Mahāyanadharmadhātvaviśesaśāstra</span><span>45</span> *** <span> 2. The Buddhagotraśastra</span><span>47</span> *** <span> 3. The Anuttarâśrayasūtra</span><span>49</span> *** <span> 4. The Lankāvatāra and the Mahāyānaśraddhôtpādaśāstra</span><span>53</span> ** <span> VI. The Position of the Ratna. in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>54</span> *** <span> 1. The Ratna. as a Criticism on the Prajñāpāramitā</span><span>54</span> *** <span> 2. The Ratna. and the Vijñānavāda</span><span>57</span> *** <span> 3. Consideration on the Date and Authorship of the Ratna.</span><span>61</span> * <span> Synopsis of the Text</span><span>63</span> * <span> Translation and Notes</span><span>135</span> <center>Chapter I. — The Matrix of the Tathāgata</center> *<span> I. Introduction</span><span>141</span> **<span> 1) The Meaning of the Adamantine Subjects</span><span>141</span> **<span> 2) Authorities on the 7 Subjects </span><span>143</span> **<span> 3) The Essential Character of the 7 Subjects</span><span>146</span> **<span> 4) The Inherent Connection among the 7 Subjects</span><span>153</span> *<span> II. The Jewel of the Buddha</span><span>155</span> **<span> 1) The eightfold Quality of the Buddhahood</span><span>156</span> **<span> 2) Reference to the ''Jñānâlokâlaṅkārasūtra''</span><span>159</span> *<span> III. The Jewel of the Doctrine</span><span>163</span> **<span> 1) The Eightfold Quality of the Doctrine</span><span>164</span> **<span> 2) ''Nirodhasatya'' & ''Mārgasatya''</span><span>165</span> **<span> 3) The Doctrine as the Truth of Extinction</span><span>165</span> **<span> 4) The Doctrine as the Truth of Path</span><span>168</span> *<span> IV. The Jewel of the Community</span><span>172</span> **<span> 1) Manner and Extent of Perception</span><span>173</span> ***<span> a) Right Manner of Perception</span><span>174</span> ***<span> b) Unlimited Extent of Perception</span><span>175</span> **<span> 2) Introspective Character of Bodhisattva’s Perception</span><span>176</span> **<span> 3) Superiority of Bodhisattva’s Community</span><span>176</span> *<span> V. The 3 Jewels as Refuges</span><span>180</span> **<span> 1) 3 Refuges from the Empirical Standpoint</span><span>180</span> **<span> 2) The Doctrine and the Community are not the ultimate refuge</span><span>181</span> **<span> 3) Only the Buddha is the Refuge from the ultimate Standpoint</span><span>184</span> **<span> 4) The Meaning of the 3 Jewels</span><span>185</span> *<span> VI. The Germ of the 3 Jewels in 4 Aspects</span><span>186</span> **<span> 1) Inconceivability of the 4 Aspects</span><span>188</span> **<span> 2) The Germ as Cause and Conditions of the 3 Jewels in its 4 Aspects</span><span>194</span> *<span> VII. The Sermon: All Living Beings are possessed of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>196</span> *<span> VIII. Analysis of the Germ from 10 Points of View</span><span>199</span> **<span> (I) ''Svabhāva'' & (II) ''Hetu''</span><span>200</span> ***<span> 1) The Nature of the Essence of the Tathāgata</span><span>200</span> ***<span> 2) Obstructions and Causes for Purification</span><span>201</span> **<span> (III) ''Phala'' & (IV) ''Karman''</span><span>207</span> ***<span> 1) The 4 Supreme Virtues as the Result of Purification</span><span>208</span> ***<span> 2) Concordance between the 4 Supreme Virtues and the 4 Causes for Purification</span><span>210</span> ***<span> 3) 4 Impediments to the Attainment of the Supreme Virtues</span><span>214</span> ***<span> 4) Motives of the 4 Supreme Virtues</span><span>218</span> ***<span> 4') The Unstable Nirvāṇa</span><span>219</span> ***<span> 5) Functions of the Germ for its Purification</span><span>221</span> **<span> (V) Yoga</span><span>225</span> ***<span> 1) The Union of the Germ to the Factors of its Purification</span><span>225</span> ***<span> 2) The Union of the Germ to the Result of Purification</span><span>227</span> **<span> (VI) ''Vṛtti'' (Manifestation)</span><span>229</span> **<span> (VII) ''Avasthāprabheda'' (Different States of Manifestation)</span><span>230</span> **<span> (VIII) ''Sarvatraga'' (All-pervadingness)</span><span>233</span> **<span> (IX) ''Avikāra''</span><span>234</span> ***<span> (A) Unchangeability in the Impure State</span><span>235</span> ****<span> 1) Unoriginated Character of the Innate Mind</span><span>238</span> ****<span> 2) Indestructible Character of the Innate Mind</span><span>241</span> ***<span> (B) Unchangeability in the Pure-and-impure State</span><span>243</span> ****<span> 1) Pure Character and Impure Character of the Bodhisattva</span><span>243</span> ****<span> 2) Defilements endowed with the Virtuous Root</span><span>245</span> ****<span> 3) Bodhisattva’s Compassion — The Parable of a Householder</span><span>246</span> ****<span> 4) Bodhisattva’s Perception of the Pure Mind</span><span>248</span> ****<span> 5) ' ''Saṃsāra'' ' in the Case of Bodhisattva</span><span>250</span> ****<span> 6) Bodhisattva in his 6th Stage</span><span>250</span> ****<span> 7) The Pure and Impure State of the Bodhisattva in comparison<br>with the Ordinary Being and the Buddha</span><span>253</span> ***<span> (C) Unchangeability in the Perfectly Pure State</span><span>256</span> **<span> (X) ''Asaṃbheda''</span><span>258</span> ***<span> 1) Synonyms of the Essence of the Tathāgata</span><span>259</span> ***<span> 2) The Point: Buddhahood is Nirvāṇa</span><span>261</span> ***<span> 3) The Parable of Painters</span><span>263</span> ***<span> 4) Similarity of the Buddhahood to the Sun</span><span>265</span> *<span> IX. The 9 Illustrations on the Germ covered with Defilements</span><span>268</span> **<span> 1) The 9 Illustrations according to the Tathāgatagarbhasūtra</span><span>268</span> **<span> 2) 9 Kinds of Defilements — the Impurities of the Mind</span><span>277</span> **<span> 3) Concordance between the 9 Illustrations and 9 Kinds of Defilements</span><span>281</span> **<span> 4) The threefold Nature of the Essence</span><span>283</span> ***<span> a) ''Dharmakāya''</span><span>284</span> ***<span> b) ''Tathatā''</span><span>287</span> ***<span> c) ''Tathāgatagotra''</span><span>288</span> *<span> X. The Essential Characteristics of the Matrix of the Tathāgata</span><span>294</span> **<span> 1) The Saying: ' All Living Beings are possessed of the Matrix of the<br>Tathāgata ' is the Highest Logical Truth</span><span>294</span> **<span> 2) The 4 Kinds of Individuals to whom the Faith in this Essence is necessary</span><span>296</span> **<span> 3) The True Conception of the Matrix of the Tathāgata as representing Non-substantiality</span><span>300</span> *<span> XI. The Purpose of Instruction</span><span>305</span> <center>Chapter II. — The Enlightenment</center> *<span> XII. General Characteristics of the Reality free from Pollutions</span><span>310</span> *<span> XIII. 8 Points on the Undefiled Reality</span><span>314</span> **<span> (I) ''Svabhāva'' & (II) ''Hetu''</span><span>314</span> **<span> (III) ''Phala''</span><span>315</span> **<span> (IV) ''Karman''</span><span>318</span> **<span> (V) ''Yoga''</span><span>322</span> **<span> (VI) ''Vṛtti''</span><span>324</span> ***<span> a) The Body of the Absolute Essence</span><span>326</span> ***<span> b) The Body of Enjoyment</span><span>328</span> ***<span> c) The Apparitional Body</span><span>329</span> **<span> (VII) ''Nitya''</span><span>331</span> **<span> (VIII) ''Acintya''</span><span>334</span> <center>Chapter III. — The Properties of the Buddha</center> *<span> XIV. General Characteristics of the Buddha’s Properties</span><span>336</span> *<span> XV. The 64 Properties of the Buddha</span><span>338</span> **<span> (I) The 10 Powers</span><span>338</span> **<span> (II) The 4 Forms of Intrepidity</span><span>339</span> **<span> (III) The 18 Exclusive Properties</span><span>341</span> **<span> (IV) The 32 Marks of the Superman</span><span>343</span> ***<span> (Commentary)</span><span>347</span> <center>Chapter IV. — The Acts of the Buddha</center> *<span> XVI. General Characteristics of the Acts of the Buddha</span><span>351</span> *<span> XVII. The 9 Illustrations on the Buddha's Acts</span><span>355</span> **<span> 1) Buddha's Magnanimity</span><span>355</span> **<span> 2) The 9 Illustrations taken from the ''Jñānâlokâlaṅkārasūtra''</span><span>356</span> **<span> 3) Summary of the Illustrations given by the Commentator</span><span>374</span> **<span> 4) Summary of Examples given in the Kārikās</span><span>375</span> **<span> 5) Non-origination and Non-extinction of the Buddhahood</span><span>377</span> **<span> 6) The Point of Dissimilarity</span><span>377</span> <center>Chapter V. — The Merits of Faith</center> *<span> XVIII. The Merits of Having Faith in the Doctrine of the Essence of Buddhahood</span><span>380</span> **<span> 1) The Superiority of Faith to other Virtues in regard to their Merits</span><span>380</span> **<span> 2) Authority, Motive, and Characteristics of this Text being the Correct<br>Doctrine</span><span>384</span> **<span> 3) Means of preserving oneself within the Doctrine</span><span>386</span> **<span> 4) Causes and Results of the Loss of the Doctrine</span><span>387</span> **<span> 5) Conclusion</span><span>389</span> * Appendixes ** <span> I. Supposed for of the Original Śloka-grantha</span><span>393</span> ** <span> II. Corrections & Emendations to the Sanskrit Text</span><span>396</span> ** <span> III. Description of the Ultimate Reality by Means of the Six Categories</span><span>400</span> * Indexes ** <span> 1. Index of Sanskrit Terms</span><span>411</span> ** <span> 2. Index of Works, Authors & Schools</span><span>437</span>   
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>vii</span> *<span> Prologue</span><span>ix</span> **I. On Māyā and Miracles ***<span> 1 The Prophecy of the Magician Bhadra's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 21)</span><span>3</span> **II. On Emptiness ***<span> 2 The Demonstration of the Inconceivable State of Buddhahood (Sūtra 35)</span><span>27</span> ***<span> 3 Flawless Purity: A Dialogue with the Laywomen Gaṅgottarā (Sūtra 31)</span><span>37</span> ***<span> 4 How to Kill the Sword of Wisdom (Sūtra 36)</span><span>41</span> ***<span> 5 A Discourse on Ready Eloquence (Sūtra 33)</span><span>73</span> ***<span> 6 Mañjuśrī's Discourse on the Pāramitā of Wisdom (Sūtra 46)</span><span>100</span> ***<span> 7 The Prophecy of Bodhisattva Fearless Virtue's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 32)</span><span>115</span> ***<span> 8 The Universal Dharma-Door to the Inconceivable (Sūtra 10)</span><span>134</span> ***<span> 9 The Inexhaustible Stores of Wisdom (Sūtra 20)</span><span>149</span> ***<span> 10 The Prediction of Mañjuśrī's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 15)</span><span>164</span> **III. On the Light of the Tathāgata ***<span> 11 The Manifestation of Lights (Sūtra 11)</span><span>191</span> **IV. On Consciousness ***<span> 12 The Elucidation of Consciousness (Sūtra 39)</span><span>223</span> **V. On Virtue and Discipline ***<span> 13 Bodhisattva Surata's Discourse (Sūtra 27)</span><span>243</span> ***<span> 14 Sumati’s Questions (Sūtra 30)</span><span>256</span> ***<span> 15 The Definitive Vinaya (Sūtra 24)</span><span>262</span> ***<span> 16 Abiding in Good and Noble Deportment (Sūtra 44)</span><span>280</span> **VI. On Pure Land ***<span> 17 The Dharma-Door of Praising Tathāgata Akṣobhya's Merits (Sūtra 6)</span><span>315</span> ***<span> 18 The Land of Utmost Bliss (Sūtra 5)</span><span>339</span> **VII. On General Mahāyāna Doctrine ***<span> 19 The True Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā (Sūtra 48)</span><span>363</span> ***<span> 20 The Sūtra of Assembled Treasures (Sūtra 43)</span><span>387</span> ***<span> 21 Dialogue with Bodhisattva Infinite Wisdom (Sūtra 45)</span><span>415</span> **VIII. On Skillful Means ***<span> 22 On the Pāramitā of Ingenuity (Sūtra 38)</span><span>427</span> **<span> Glossary</span><span>469</span> **<span> Numerical Glossary</span><span>487</span>   
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS</span><span>i</span> *<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>ii</span> *<span> CHARTS</span><span>iv</span> *<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span> *<span> CHAPTER ONE: THE SOURCE TEXTS</span><span>5</span> **<span> HISTORY</span><span>6</span> ***<span> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and ''Ratnagotravibhagavyākhyā''</span><span>6</span> ***<span> ''Authorship and date''</span><span>9</span> ***<span> ''Sanskrit Editions of RGV and RGVV''</span><span>14</span> ***<span> ''Chinese translations of RGVV''</span><span>16</span> ***<span> ''The RGV and RGVV in the Tibetan tradition''</span><span>17</span> **<span> CONTENT</span><span>21</span> ***<span> ''Structure''</span><span>21</span> ***<span> ''Translation of Selected verses of RGV''</span><span>31</span> ***<span> ''Translation of the corresponding sections of RGVV''</span><span>34</span> ***<span> ''Critical Edition of Selected verse of RGV and their corresponding RGVV<br>sections''</span><span>40</span> **<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>49</span> *<span> CHAPTER TWO: THEORY AND PRACTICE</span><span>51</span> **<span> THEORY AND PRACTICE WITHIN THE TRADITION</span><span>52</span> ***<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>52</span> ***<span> ''Tibetan Classifications of RGV & RGVV''</span><span>55</span> ***<span> ''Tibetan exegesis''</span><span>58</span> **<span> CURRENT THEORY AND PRACTICE IN TIBETOLOGY</span><span>60</span> ***<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>60</span> ***<span> ''RGV studies''</span><span>62</span> ***<span> ''General observationos on Context, Sources and Classifications''</span><span>71</span> **<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>75</span> *<span> CHAPTER THREE: METHODS</span><span>77</span> **<span> HYPOTHESES</span><span>77</span> **<span> METHODS CHOSEN</span><span>78</span> **<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>81</span> *<span> CHAPTER FOUR: SURVEY</span><span>82</span> ***<span> ''Sources for information about RGV commentaries''</span><span>83</span> ***<span> ''Sources for information about commentators''</span><span>84</span> ***<span> ''Commentary titles''</span><span>90</span> **<span> A PROVISIONAL LIST OF TIBETAN COMMENTARIES ON RGV &<br>RGVV</span><span>92</span> ***<span> ''Information about authors whose commentaries are currently considered lost''</span><span>93</span> ***<span> ''Information about authors whose commentaries are in an uncertain location''</span><span>100</span> ***<span> ''Information about authors and their preserved RGV commentaries''</span><span>108</span> ***<span> ''Information about authors and their commentaries that are preserved and<br>reproduced''</span><span>114</span> **<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>137</span> *<span> CHAPTER FIVE: COMPARISON</span><span>140</span> **<span> INTERPRETATIONS</span><span>142</span> **<span> INFORMATION GAINED FROM INTERPRETATIONS</span><span>210</span> ***<span> ''Divergence in interpretations of The Main Thesis & Its Three Reasons''</span><span>216</span> ***<span> ''Isolation of main divergence''</span><span>237</span> **<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>244</span> *<span> CHAPTER SIX: DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS</span><span>246</span> *<span> SANSKRIT EDITION OF THE SELECTED RGV VERSES</span><span>250</span> *<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>252</span> **<span> TIBETAN SOURCES</span><span>252</span> **<span> TIBETAN COLLECTIONS</span><span>255</span> **<span> TIBETAN REFERENCE WORKS</span><span>257</span> **<span> SOURCES IN WESTERN LANGUAGES</span><span>259</span> **<span> JAPANESE SOURCES</span><span>270</span>   
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter One: The Term Tathāgatagarbha and Some of Its Synonyms</span><span>8</span> **<span> 1. Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>8</span> ***<span> A. Tathāgata</span><span>8</span> ***<span> B. Garbha</span><span>16</span> ***<span> C. Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>17</span> **<span> 2. Tathāgatagotra</span><span>20</span> ***<span> A. Gotra</span><span>20</span> ***<span> B. Tathāgatagotra</span><span>37</span> **<span> 3. Dharmadhātu and Buddhadhātu</span><span>40</span> ***<span> A. Dhātu</span><span>40</span> ***<span> B. Dharmadhātu</span><span>45</span> ***<span> C. Buddhadhātu</span><span>50</span> **<span> 4.Dharmakāya</span><span>55</span> **<span> 5. Prakṛtipariśuddhacitta</span><span>65</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Two: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in India (1)<br>—The Earlier Period</span><span>74</span> **<span> 1. Sūtras:</span><span>77</span> ***<span> A. Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra</span><span>77</span> ***<span> B. Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa</span><span>80</span> ***<span> C. Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanāda-sūtra</span><span>85</span> ***<span> D. Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra</span><span>95</span> ***<span> E. Anuttarāśraya-sūtra</span><span>103</span> ***<span> F. Some Minor Sūtras</span><span>104</span> **<span> 2. Śāstras:</span><span>115</span> ***<span> A. Ratnagotravibhāga-śāstra</span><span>115</span> ***<span> B. Mahāyānadharmadhātvaviśeṣa-śāstra</span><span>126</span> **<span> 3. A Chart of the Chronological Order of these Works</span><span>130</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Three: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in India (2)<br>—The Later Period</span><span>131</span> **<span> 1. Sūtras:</span><span>143</span> ***<span> A. Suvarṇaprabhāsa-sūtra</span><span>143</span> ***<span> B. Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra</span><span>149</span> ***<span> C. Ghanavyūha-sūtra</span><span>156</span> **<span> 2. Śāstras:</span><span>160</span> ***<span> A. The Buddha Nature Treatise</span><span>160</span> ***<span> B. Mahāyānaśraddhotpāda-śāstra</span><span>167</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Four: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in China</span><span>173</span> **<span> 1. The Place of the Tathāgatagarbha theory in Different Kinds of P'an-chiao Systems</span><span>174</span> **<span> 2. The Influence of the MPN in Chinese Buddhism</span><span>181</span> ***<span> A. The Issue of the Icchantikas</span><span>181</span> ***<span> B. Different Kinds of Buddha Nature</span><span>184</span> ***<span> C. The Direct Cause of Buddha Nature</span><span>195</span> **<span> 3. The Buddha Nature in Some Chinese Buddhist Schools</span><span>213</span> ***<span> A. The Nieh-p'an School</span><span>213</span> ***<span> B. The T'ien-t'ai School</span><span>219</span> ***<span> C. The Hua-yen School</span><span>225</span> ***<span> D. The Ch'an School</span><span>230</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Five: Refutation of Matsumoto's and Hakamaya's Criticism on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>241</span> **<span> 1. Fallacies Shared by Matsumoto and Hakamaya</span><span>242</span> ***<span> A. The Issue of Time versus Space</span><span>243</span> ***<span> B. The Issue of Unity versus Diversity</span><span>247</span> ***<span> C. The Issue of Permanence versus Impermanence</span><span>250</span> **<span> 2. Extreme Views of Matsumoto's Criticism</span><span>252</span> ***<span> A. On the Concepts of Vimukti and Nirvāṇa</span><span>252</span> ***<span> B. On the Concept of Dharmakāya</span><span>256</span> **<span> 3. Misconceptions of Hakamaya's Criticism</span><span>261</span> ***<span> A. On the Authoritarianism and the Lack of Real Altruism in the<br>Theory of Fundamental Enlightenment</span><span>263</span> ***<span> B. On the Anti-religious Faith in the Theory of Fundamental<br>Enlightenment</span><span>270</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Six: A Comparison between the "Ātman" in the Tathāgatagarbha<br>theory and That in the Upaniṣads</span><span>277</span> **<span> 1. The "Ātman" in the Upaniṣads</span><span>277</span> ***<span> A. Ātman</span><span>280</span> ***<span> B. Brahman</span><span>288</span> ***<span> C. The Identification of Ātman and Brahman</span><span>296</span> **<span> 2. Comparison of the Concept of ''Ātman'' in the Tathāgatagarbha Theory<br>with That in the Upaniṣads</span><span>303</span> ***<span> A. Downward versus Upward</span><span>303</span> ***<span> B. Unitary Brahman versus Myriads of Buddhas</span><span>307</span> ***<span> C. Knowledge Leading to the Oneness with the Ātman/Brahman<br>versus the Great Compassion for the Salvation of All</span><span>315</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Seven: The Purpose of Postulating the Concept of Ātmapāramitā in<br>the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>329</span> **<span> 1. Controversy over the Concept of Anātman Depicted in the Early<br>Canons</span><span>330</span> ***<span> A. The Doctrine of Anātman—the Negative Attitude towards the Idea<br>of Ātman</span><span>330</span> ***<span> B. Having the Self for an Island—the Positive Attitude towards the<br>Idea of Ātman</span><span>335</span> ***<span> C. The Silence of the Buddha—the Neutral Attitude towards the Idea<br>of Ātman</span><span>339</span> ***<span> D. The Controversy over the Issue of Ātman versus Anātman in<br>Buddhism</span><span>345</span> ****<span> (I)Those Who Maintain That There Is Absolutely No Self or Soul<br>and Their Theories of Karman and Transmigration</span><span>346</span> ****<span> (II) The Other Side of the Controversy</span><span>356</span> **<span> 2. The Absolute in the Mādhyamika and Yogācāra Schools</span><span>366</span> ***<span> A. The Concept of Anātman and the Absolute in the Mādhyamika<br>School</span><span>367</span> ****<span> (I) The Concept of Anātman</span><span>367</span> ****<span> (II) Is the Supreme Truth the Absolute in the Mādhyamika<br>Theory?</span><span>375</span> ***<span> B. The Concept of Ālayavijñāna and the Absolute in the Yogācāra<br>School</span><span>381</span> ****<span> (I) The Substratum Consciousness—Ālayavijñāna</span><span>383</span> ****<span> (II) The Paramārtha-satya in the Yogācāra School</span><span>391</span> **<span> 3. The Purpose of Postulating the Concept of Ātmapāramitā in the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>395</span><br><br> *<span> Chapter Eight: The Tathāgatagarbha Theory as a Support to the Bodhisattva<br>Practices</span><span>406</span> **<span> 1. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory and the Bodhisattva Path</span><span>406</span> ***<span> A. Buddhayāna Is the Only True Vehicle</span><span>407</span> ***<span> B. Bodhisattva Practices Are the Only Way to One's Salvation from the Saṃsāra</span><span>422</span> **<span> 2. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory as a Support to the Bodhisattva Practices</span><span>431</span> ***<span> A. Tathāgatagarbha and the Bodhicittotpāda</span><span>433</span> ***<span> B. Tathāgatagarbha and the Bodhisattva Vows</span><span>435</span> ***<span> C. Tathāgatagarbha and the Six Pāramitās</span><span>441</span><br><br> *<span> Conclusion</span><span>450</span> *<span> Appendix A: Translation of the Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra</span><span>454</span> **<span> I. Introductory Remarks</span><span>454</span> **<span> II. The Translation</span><span>457</span> ***<span> Introduction</span><span>457</span> ***<span> Parable of the Metamorphosed Buddhas inside Lotuses</span><span>464</span> ***<span> Parable of the Honey Guarded by Countless Bees</span><span>468</span> ***<span> Parable of the Grain inside Husks</span><span>470</span> ***<span> Parable of the Gold in Impurities</span><span>472</span> ***<span> Parable of the Treasure under the Ground</span><span>475</span> ***<span> Parable of the Seed inside a Fruit</span><span>478</span> ***<span> Parable of the Golden Statue Wrapped in Rags</span><span>480</span> ***<span> Parable of the Embryo of Cakravartin in the Womb of a Poor<br>Woman</span><span>484</span> ***<span> Parable of the Golden Image inside the Earthen Mold</span><span>487</span> ***<span> Merits of Recitation of This Sūtra</span><span>490</span> ***<span> The Jātaka Story of Bodhisattva Aparyantaprabha</span><span>494</span> ***<span> Conclusion</span><span>503</span> *<span> Appendix B: Glossary of Selected Technical Terms</span><span>504</span> **<span> I. Sanskrit-English</span><span>504</span> **<span> II. Chinese-English</span><span>506</span> **<span> Ill. Japanese-English</span><span>509</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>511</span>   
* <span> '''Contents'''</span><span>vi</span> * <span> '''Acknowledgements'''</span><span>ix</span> * <span> '''Abbreviations'''</span><span>x</span> * <span> '''Part One. Introduction'''</span><span>1</span> ** <span> 1. The Career of Bcom ldan ral gri</span><span>3</span> ** <span> 2. The Context of Bcom ldan ral gri's ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'': A Preliminary Survey of the Production of Tibetan Canonical Collections under Mongol Rule</span><span>9</span> *** <span> 2.1 Canonical Collections before "Bka' 'gyur" and "Bstan 'gyur"</span><span>9</span> *** <span> 2.2 Early Canonical Production in the Sa skya Tradition</span><span>14</span> *** <span> 2.3 Canonical Production at Tshal and Elsewhere</span><span>32</span> *** <span> 2.4 Local Variation in the Contents of Early Kangyurs and Tengyurs</span><span>41</span> *** <span> 2.5 Bcom ldan ral gri and Debates on the Canonicity of the ''Guhyagarbha Tantra''</span><span>46</span> ** <span> 3. The Structure, Contents, and Date of the ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od''</span><span>51</span> ** <span> 4. Conventions</span><span>71</span> ** <span> '''Appendices'''</span><span>x</span> ** <span> 1. Outline of the ''Bstan bcos kyi dkar chag'' by Dbus pa Blo gsal Rtsod pa'i<br>seng ge (ca. 1270-ca. 1355)</span><span>75</span> ** <span> 2. Outline of Chapter Four of Bu ston Rin chen grub's (1290-1364) ''History''</span><span>77</span> ** <span> 3. A Comparison of Sections in the ''Lhan dkar ma, 'Phyang thang ma'', and<br>''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od''</span><span>85</span> ** <span> 4. The '''Phang thang ma'' Section Titles in Bcom ldan ral gri's 1261 ''Thub pa'i<br>bstan pa rgyan gyi me tog''</span><span>87</span> ** <span> 5. Section titles of the Zhwa lu/Sne'u gdong 1362 ''Bstan 'gyur''</span><span>89</span> ** <span> 6. Titles in the ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'' corresponding to titles of<br>missing works in Bu ston Rin chen grub's ''History''</span><span>91</span> ** <span> Select Bibliographies</span><span>93</span> * <span> '''Part Two. The ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'''''</span><span>102</span> ** <span> Title</span><span>104</span> ** <span> Opening Verse</span><span>104</span> ** <span> 1. How Tibet Developed</span><span>105</span> ** <span> 2. How Buddhism Developed in Tibet</span><span>108</span> ** <span> 3. Prajñāpāramitā</span><span>115</span> ** <span> 4. Avatamsaka</span><span>118</span> ** <span> 5. Ratnakūta</span><span>120</span> ** <span> 6. Mahāyāna Sūtras</span><span>124</span> ** <span> 7. Hīnayāna Sūtras</span><span>135</span> ** <span> 8. Dhāranī</span><span>140</span> ** <span> 9. *Nāma, Pranidhāna, and Mangala</span><span>150</span> ** <span> 10. Sūtra Commentaries</span><span>154</span> ** <span> 11. Translations from Chinese and Khotanese</span><span>159</span> ** <span> 12. Vinaya</span><span>163</span> ** <span> 13. Abhidharma</span><span>166</span> ** <span> 14. Cittamātra Śāstra</span><span>168</span> ** <span> 15. Madhyamaka Śāstra</span><span>171</span> ** <span> 16. Bodhisattvacārya and Bhāvanākrama</span><span>174</span> ** <span> 17. Stotra</span><span>177</span> ** <span> 18. Guhyamantra</span><span>180</span> ** <span> 19. Tarka</span><span>189</span> ** <span> 20. Partial Unrevised Translations</span><span>192</span> ** <span> 21. How Translators, Scholars, Kings, and Ministers Appeared in Tibet</span><span>213</span> ** <span> 22. Translations by Lo tsā ba Rin chen bzang po</span><span>197</span> ** <span> 23. Translations by Students of Rin chen bzang po</span><span>209</span> ** <span> 24. Translations by Lo tsā ba Nag tsho Tshul khrims rgyal ba</span><span>213</span> ** <span> 25. Translations Just After Atiśa (ca. 982-ca.1054) Passed Away</span><span>220</span> ** <span> 26. Translations by 'Brog mi Lo tsā ba Blo ldan shes rab and Others</span><span>228</span> ** <span> 27. Translations by Rngog Lo tsā ba Blo ldan shes rab and Others</span><span>237</span> ** <span> 28. Translations by Pa tshab Lo tsā ba Nyi ma grags and Others</span><span>245</span> ** <span> 29. A Classification of Authentic and Inauthentic Sūtras, Tantra, and Śāstras</span><span>255</span> ** <span> 30. Works Composed up to the Era of Emperor Khri Ral pa can</span><span>263</span> ** <span> 31. Concluding Instruction</span><span>274</span> * <span> Concluding Verses</span><span>277</span> * <span> Colophon</span><span>277</span> * <span> Post-colophonic Gloss</span><span>277</span>   
*<span> Preface to the English Version</span><span>iii</span> *<span> A Note on Foreign Words</span><span>viii</span> *<span> Introduction: What is Buddhism?</span><span>1</span> **<span> Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha: The Three Constituents of Buddhism</span><span>3</span> **<span> Taking Refuge in the Three Treasures</span><span>5</span> **<span> The Absolute Nature of the Dharma</span><span>8</span> **<span> Mahāyāna and Hīnayāna: The "Greater" and "Lesser" Vehicles</span><span>11</span> **<span> The Buddhist Canon (''tri-piṭaka'')</span><span>16</span> *<span> I. The Life of Śākyamuni</span><span>23</span> **<span> The Buddha Śākyamuni</span><span>23</span> **<span> Biographies of the Buddha</span><span>25</span> **<span> Birth and Renunciation</span><span>28</span> **<span> Austerities and Enlightenment</span><span>31</span> **<span> The Beginnings of Śākyamuni's Teaching Ministry: His First Sermon</span><span>34</span> **<span> Dissemination of the Teaching and the Growth of the Community</span><span>38</span> **<span> The Great Decease</span><span>42</span> **<span> Erection of ''Stūpas'' and the First Council</span><span>45</span> *<span> II. The True Nature of the Buddha</span><span>49</span> **<span> Designations of the Buddha</span><span>50</span> **<span> Buddha and Tathāgata</span><span>53</span> **<span> The Former Lives of the Buddha</span><span>55</span> **<span> The Buddhas of the Three Ages</span><span>59</span> **<span> The Buddhas of the Ten Directions</span><span>61</span> **<span> Material Body and Dharma-Body</span><span>64</span> **<span> The Theory of Three Bodies</span><span>68</span> *<span> III. Dharma: The Buddhist Conception of Truth</span><span>70</span> **<span> The Meanings of ''Dharma''</span><span>70</span> **<span> The Basis of the Teaching: Dependent Co-arising and the Four Noble<br>   Truths</span><span>76</span> **<span> Śākyamuni's: Philosophical Position: The Ten or Fourteen Unanswerables</span><span>85</span> **<span> "Dharma-seals": The Watchwords of Buddhism</span><span>89</span> **<span> ''Saṃskāra'' and ''Dharma'': The Dependently Co-arisen</span><span>96</span> **<span> ''Dharmatā'': The Principle of Dependent Co-arising</span><span>100</span> **<span> The Conception· of Truth in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>104</span> **<span> Supreme Truth and Conventional Truth</span><span>105</span> *<span> IV. ''Sarva-dharmāh'': The Constituent Elements of Existence</span><span>107</span> **<span> The Classification of the Constituent Elements of Existence in the Early<br>   Canon: The Five Aggregates, Twelve Sense-Fields, and Eighteen Realms</span><span>107</span> **<span> The Sarvāstivādin Classification of the Constituent Elements of Existence:<br>   The Five Categories and Seventy-five Elements</span><span>114</span> **<span> The Sarvāstivādin Theory of the Elements: The Elements Exist Eternally</span><span>120</span> **<span> The Mahāyānist Conception of the Elements: All is Empty</span><span>126</span> *<span> V. Transmigration, Karma, and Mental Defilements</span><span>128</span> **<span> Transmigratory Existence: The Three Realms and Six Paths</span><span>128</span> **<span> Karma</span><span>137</span> **<span> Mental Defilements</span><span>141</span> **<span> The Twelvefold Chain of Dependent Co-arising</span><span>149</span> *<span> VI. The Path to Enlightenment</span><span>163</span> **<span> Nirvāṇa and Enlightenment</span><span>163</span> **<span> The Mahāyānist Conception of Nirvāṇa</span><span>168</span> **<span> The Path to Enlightenment</span><span>170</span> **<span> The Noble Eightfold Path</span><span>172</span> **<span> The Three Disciplines: Morality, Meditation, and Wisdom</span><span>174</span> **<span> Faith and Practice</span><span>188</span> **<span> Practices for· the Welfare of Others</span><span>191</span> **<span> The Practices of the Bodhisattva: The Six Perfections</span><span>193</span> *<span> VII. Mind: The Agency of Practice</span><span>198</span> **<span> No-self and Subjective Agency</span><span>198</span> **<span> Mind (''citta'', ''manas'', and ''vijñāna'')</span><span>200</span> **<span> Mind-only and Cognition-only</span><span>205</span> **<span> The Innately Pure Mind and the Embryo of the Tathāgata</span><span>215</span> **<span> Enlightenment and Salvation</span><span>223</span> *<span> VIII. The Ideal Practitioner</span><span>227</span> **<span> The Concept "Man"</span><span>227</span> **<span> Ordinary Man and Holy Man</span><span>228</span> **<span> The Stages of the Bodhisattva</span><span>233</span> **<span> "One Vehide" and "Three Vehicles"</span><span>240</span> *<span> IX. The Precepts and the Organization of the Community</span><span>246</span> **<span> The Meaning of ''Saṃgha''</span><span>246</span> **<span> The Organization of the Community</span><span>250</span> **<span> Community Regulations</span><span>255</span> *<span> X. The History of Buddhism</span><span>263</span> **<span> 1. Buddhism in India and the Surrounding Lands</span><span>264</span> ***<span> The Basic Schism</span><span>264</span> ***<span> The Mauryan Dynasty and Dissemination to Sri Lanka</span><span>266</span> ***<span> The Kushan Dynasty and the Northern Tradition of Buddhism</span><span>267</span> ***<span> The Characteristics of Schismatic Buddhism</span><span>268</span> ***<span> The Birth of Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>269</span> ***<span> The Mādhyamika and Yogācāra Schools</span><span>270</span> ***<span> The Age of Esoteric Buddhism</span><span>272</span> ***<span> Tibetan Buddhism</span><span>275</span> ***<span> The Southern Tradition of Buddhism</span><span>277</span> ***<span> The Revival of Buddhism in India</span><span>278</span> **<span> 2. Chinese Buddhism</span><span>279</span> ***<span> The Introduction of Buddhism</span><span>279</span> ***<span> Buddhism Takes Root: The Period of the Northern and Southern<br>   Dynasties</span><span>280</span> ***<span> The Establishment of Chinese Buddhism: The Sui and T'ang<br>   Dynasties</span><span>283</span> ***<span> Subsequent Developments</span><span>290</span> **<span> 3. Korean Buddhism</span><span>290</span> **<span> 4. Japanese Buddhism</span><span>293</span> ***<span> The Introduction of Buddhism and Prince Shōtoku</span><span>293</span> ***<span> The Sects of the Nara Period</span><span>294</span> ***<span> The Tendai and Shingon Sects</span><span>297</span> ***<span> The Rise of the Pure Land Teachings</span><span>300</span> ***<span> The Introduction of the Zen Sects</span><span>301</span> ***<span> The Nichiren and Ji Sects</span><span>303</span> ***<span> Buddhism since the Muromachi Period</span><span>305</span> *<span> Sources</span><span>309</span> *<span> Select Bibliography</span><span>315</span> *<span> General Index</span><span>325</span> *<span> Character Index</span><span>352</span> *<span> The Author; the Translator</span><span>375</span>   
*<span> Preface</span><span>xi</span> *<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>xv</span> *<span> Part I: Introduction</span><span>1</span> * <span> Chapter One: Approaches to Enlightenment</span><span>3</span> ** <span> The Great Perfection</span><span>3</span> ** <span> Simultaneous and Gradual</span><span>11</span> * <span> Chapter Two: Jigme Lingpa</span><span>21</span> ** <span> The Life and Education of Jigme Lingpa</span><span>21</span> ** <span> Jigme Lingpa's Works</span><span>25</span> * <span> Chapter Three: The Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>31</span> **<span> 1. Treasure Texts</span><span>31</span> **<span> 2. Revelation, Writing, and Publishing</span><span>34</span> **<span> 3. The Contents of the Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>40</span> *<span> Part II: Simultaneous and Gradual</span><span>49</span> *<span> Chapter Four: Immanence and Distinction</span><span>51</span> **<span> 1. Key Concepts of the Seminal Heart</span><span>51</span> **<span> 2. Immanence</span><span>54</span> **<span> 3. Distinction</span><span>56</span> **<span> 4. Reconciling Immanence with Distinction: The Buddha Nature</span><span>63</span> *<span> Chapter Five: The Simultaneous Approach</span><span>71</span> **<span> 1. Criticism of Causal Practice</span><span>71</span> **<span> 2. Criticism of Inferior Approaches</span><span>76</span> **<span> 3. The Rejection of Stages in Realization</span><span>91</span> *<span> Chapter Six: The Gradual Approach</span><span>93</span> **<span> 1. Graduated Practice within the Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>93</span> **<span> 2. Levels of Realization</span><span>106</span> *<span> Chapter Seven: Interpretation and Reconciliation</span><span>115</span> **<span> 1. Simultaneous and Gradual Realization: The Levels of Ability</span><span>115</span> **<span> 2. The Manifestation of Enlightenment: The Khyung Bird</span><span>124</span> **<span> Chapter Eight: Conclusions</span><span>129</span> *<span> Part III: Translations</span><span>133</span> *<span> Technical note on the translations</span><span>135</span> *Treasure Texts **<span> 1. The Great Perfection Tantra of the Expanse of Samantabhadra's Wisdom<br>(YLG)</span><span>137</span> **<span> 2. The Subsequent Tantra of Great Perfection Instruction (GP)</span><span>148</span> **<span> 3. Experiencing the Enlightened Mind of Samantabhadra (KGN)</span><span>155</span> **<span> 4. Distinguishing the Three Essential Points of the<br>    Great Perfection (NSB)</span><span>162</span> *Pure Visions **<span> 5. An Aspirational Prayer for the Ground, Path, and Result(ML)</span><span>167</span> **<span> 6. Vajra Verses on the Natural State (DTK)</span><span>170</span> *Supporting Texts **<span> 7. The White Lotus (PK)</span><span>173</span> **<span> 8. The Words of the Omniscient One (KZL)</span><span>208</span> **<span> 9. The Lion's Roar That Destroys the Deviations of Renunciants<br>Meditating on the Seminal Heart (SN)</span><span>225</span> **<span> 10. Seeing Nakedly the Natural State of the Great Perfection (NCT)</span><span>235</span> *<span> Part IV: Critical Editions</span><span>239</span> *<span> Technical note on the critical editions</span><span>241</span> **<span> 1. rDzogs pa chen po kun tu bzang po ye shes klong gi rgyud</span><span>243</span> **<span> 2. Man ngag rdzogs pa chen po rgyud phyi ma</span><span>251</span> **<span> 3. Kun tu bzang po'i dgongs nyams</span><span>255</span> **<span> 4. rDzogs pa chen po'i gnad gsum shan byed</span><span>259</span> **<span> 5. gZhi lam bras bu'i smon lam</span><span>261</span> **<span> 6. gNas lugs rdo rje tshig rkang</span><span>263</span> **<span> 7. rGyab brten padma dkar po</span><span>264</span> **<span> 8. Kun mkhyen zhal lung</span><span>288</span> **<span> 9. Gol shor tshar gcod sengge ngar ro</span><span>300</span> **<span> 10. rDzogs pa chen po gnas lugs cer mthong</span><span>307</span> *<span> Appendix I</span><span>311</span> *<span> Appendix II</span><span>319</span> *<span> Appendix III</span><span>321</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>325</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>367</span> *<span> Index</span><span>383</span>   
*<span> Introduction</span><span>vii</span> *<span> 1 Buddha Nature</span><span>1</span> *<span> 2 Bodhichitta </span><span>23</span> *<span> 3 Reincarnation and Karma</span><span> 49</span> *<span> 4 Emptiness </span><span>85</span> *<span> 5 Tantric Science </span><span>107</span> *<span> 6 Transformation</span><span> 123</span> *<span> 7 Enlightenment </span><span>139</span> *<span> 8 Mahamudra </span><span>153</span> *<span> Glossary </span><span>169</span>   +
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> **Date, 2; Nativity and Peregrination, I7; Appellations, 20; Converversion, 24; Lists of Patriarchs, 32; As an Artist, 34; Works in Chinese Translations, 36; Chinese Translations of the "Discourse on the Awakening of Faith," 38; Outlines of the "Discourse on the Awakening of Faith," 41.<br> *<span> Adoration</span><span>46</span> *<span> Discourse</span><span>48</span> **I. Introductory, 49; II. General Statement, 52; Ill. The Explanation, 55; IV.<br>Practice of Faith, 127; V. Benefits, 146.<br> *<span> Glossary</span><span>151</span> *<span> Index</span><span>155</span>   +
B
*<span> སྔོན་གླེང་ངོ་སྤྲོད་</span><span>xi</span> *<span> དཔེ་སྐྲུན་གསལ་བཤད་</span><span>xxxix</span> *<span> ༡ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོ་གསལ་བར་བྱེད་པ་མཛེས་བྱེད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན། བུ་སྟོན་རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ། </span><span> 3-63</span> *<span> ༢ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོ་བསྟན་པ་</span><span> 65-69</span> *<span> ༣ དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོ་བསྟན་པའི་བསྟན་བཅོས་ཀྱི་མཆན་འགྲེལ། ཀརྨ་པ་མཁའ་ཁྱབ་རྡོ་རྗེ།</span><span> 71-88</span> *<span> ༤ ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ་རྒྱུད་བླ་མའི་བསྟན་བཅོས་ལེགས་པར་བཤད་པ། རོང་སྟོན་ཤཱཀྱ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།</span><span> 89-206</span> **<span> ལེའུ་དང་པོ། དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོའི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 89-149</span> **<span> ལེའུ་གཉིས་པ། བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 150-166</span> **<span> ལེའུ་གསུམ་པ། ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 167-176</span> **<span> ལེའུ་བཞི་པ། དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་འཕྲིན་ལས་མཛད་པའི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 177-197</span> **<span> ལེའུ་ལྔ་པ། ཕན་ཡོན་གྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 198-206</span> *<span> ༥ ཆོས་དབྱིངས་བསྟོད་པའི་འགྲེལ་པ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པ། ཤཱཀྱ་མཆོག་ལྡན།</span><span> 207-238</span> *<span> ༦ རིགས་ཀྱི་སྤྱི་དོན། རྗེ་བཙུན་ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།</span><span> 239-287</span> *<span> ༧ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོའི་སྟོང་ཐུན་ཆེན་མོ་སེངྒེའི་ང་རོ། འཇུ་མི་ཕམ་རྣམ་རྒྱལ་རྒྱ་མཚོ། </span><span>289-316</span> *<span> ཞུ་སྒྲིག་པའི་མཆན་</span><span>317-352</span> *<span> ལུང་འདྲེན་ཕྱག་དཔེའི་མཚན་གཞུང་</span><span> 353-357</span> *<span> ཞུ་སྒྲིག་པའི་ཁུངས་བཅོལ་གྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁག་</span><span>359-362</span>   +
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Abbreviations</span><span>xi</span> * <span> Chapter One: Introduction</span><span> 1</span> ** <span> A. The Role of the Buddha Nature Concept</span><span> 1</span> ** <span> B. Terms</span><span> 3</span> ** <span> C. History</span><span> 5</span> ** <span> D. The Text of the ''Buddha Nature Treatise''</span><span> 23</span> ** <span> E. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise'' and Chinese Buddhist Thought</span><span> 27</span> * <span> Chapter Two: The Concept of Buddha Nature</span><span> 29</span> ** <span> A. Taking the Semantic Ascent </span><span>29</span> ** <span> B. Refutation of Other Views </span><span> 30</span> ** <span> C. The Essence of Buddha Nature </span><span> 40</span> *** <span> 1. The Buddha Nature as Three Causes</span><span> 40</span> *** <span> 2. The Three Natures (''Trisvabhāva'')</span><span> 42</span> *** <span> 3. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' </span><span>48</span> * <span> Chapter Three: Soteriology: Buddha Nature as the Practice of Buddhism</span><span> 57</span> ** <span> A. ''Āśrayaparāvṛtti'' </span><span>58</span> ** <span> B. ''Dharmakāya'' and ''Nirvāṇa''</span><span> 65</span> ** <span> C. ''Trikāya: Sambhogakāya'' and ''Nirmāṇakāya''</span><span> 72</span> ** <span> D. The Relationship Between Person and Buddha</span><span> 80</span> * <span> Chapter Four: Dereification of Self and Mind</span><span> 83</span> ** <span> A. The "Own-Nature" of Buddha Nature </span><span>83</span> ** <span> B. ''Ātmapāramitā'' </span><span>86</span> ** <span> C. Self </span><span>92</span> ** <span> D. Pure Mind </span><span>92</span> ** <span> E. ''Dharmakāya'' and "Self" </span><span>94</span> ** <span> F. Mind </span><span>95</span> * <span> Chapter Five: Ontology: Monism vs. Nondualism</span><span> 99</span> ** <span> A. All Sentient Beings Possess the Buddha Nature </span><span>103</span> ** <span> B. The ''Pāramitā'' </span><span>104</span> ** <span> C. ''Śūnya-Aśūnya'' </span><span>107</span> ** <span> D. Buddha Nature Exists Aboriginally </span><span>111</span> ** <span> E. Unborn and Unchanging </span><span>112</span> * <span> Chapter Six: Engaging in Spiritual Cultivation </span><span>117</span> * <span> Chapter Seven: Buddha Nature and the Concept of Person </span><span>137</span> ** <span> A. The Ontological-Metaphysical Dimension</span><span> 139</span> ** <span> B. The Existential Dimension </span><span>144</span> ** <span> C. A Final Question </span><span>150</span> * <span> Chapter Eight: Retrospective and Prospective </span><span> 153</span> ** <span> A. Retrospective: Summary of the Text </span><span> 153</span> ** <span> B. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise'' and Chinese Buddhist Thought </span><span>156</span> ** <span> C. Buddha Nature Thought and Western Buddhism </span><span> 169</span> * <span> Notes </span><span>173</span> * <span> Glossary </span><span>185</span> * <span> Index </span><span>201</span>   
*<span> Preface by Jigme Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span> *<span> Preface by the translator</span><span>xi</span> *<span> Introduction by the translator</span><span>1</span> *<span> '''Buddha Nature:'''</span><span>13</span> **Our Potential for Wisdom, **Compassion, and Happiness *<span> Ignorance does not have a concrete beginning, but it does have an end</span><span>15</span> *<span> Scriptural sources</span><span>19</span> *<span> Mind, the foundation of everything</span><span>21</span> *<span> Begin with bodhicitta</span><span>25</span> *<span> Buddha wisdom, the true nature of mind</span><span>29</span> **<span> The thirty-two qualities of the dharmakāya</span><span>29</span> **<span> The ten powers (qualities 1-10)</span><span>29</span> **<span> The four types of fearlessness (qualities 11-14)</span><span>34</span> **<span> The eighteen qualities exclusive to buddhas</span><span>37</span> ***<span> Behavior and way of training sentient beings</span><span>37</span> ***(qualities 15-20) ***<span> The realization of buddhas (qualities 21-26)</span><span>40</span> ***<span> The activity of buddhas (qualities 27-29)</span><span>42</span> ***<span> The wisdom of buddhas (qualities 30-32)</span><span>43</span> **<span> How can qualities be present but not manifest?</span><span>43</span> **<span> The special qualities of the form kāyas</span><span>46</span> **<span> Purification of obscurations</span><span>50</span> **<span> The all-accomplishing wisdom</span><span>52</span> **<span> The wisdom that knows the variety of appearances</span><span>54</span> **<span> The wisdom of equality</span><span>55</span> **<span> The difference between an arhat and a buddha</span><span>55</span> **<span> The form kāyas do not resemble an ordinary body</span><span>56</span> **<span> Ignorance and illusory appearances do not reoccur</span><span>56</span> **<span> Buddha nature resembles gold ore</span><span>57</span> **<span> Purification: its basis, object, method, and result</span><span>58</span> ***<span> The basis of purification</span><span>58</span> ***<span> The object of purification</span><span>58</span> ***<span> The method of purification</span><span>59</span> ***<span> The result of purification</span><span>59</span> *<span> Concluding advice</span><span>61</span> *<span> '''Revealing Buddha Nature'''</span><span>63</span> *A treatise by the 3rd Karmapa, Rangjung Dorje *<span> Endnotes</span><span>79</span> *<span> About the Author</span><span>83</span> *<span> About the Translator</span><span>85</span>   
*<span> Editor's Introduction</span><span>9</span> *1. Varieties of Early Buddha Nature Teaching in India **<span> ''Christopher V. Jones''</span><span>25</span> *2. The ''Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa'' of Sajjana: A Reading Sanskrit Text and     Annotated Translation **<span> ''Kazuo Kano''</span><span>55</span> *3. From Buddha Nature to Original Enlightenment: "Contemplating Suchness" in     Medieval Japan **<span> ''Jacqueline I. Stone''</span><span>93</span> *4. How the Concepts of Buddha Nature and Original Enlightenment Were<br>    Interpreted by Shinran **<span> ''Seiji Kumagai''</span><span>123</span> *5. The Basis for Buddhahood: The Naturally Luminous Mind and Buddha Nature in     the Early Mahāmudrā Tradition **<span> ''Casey Kemp''</span><span>139</span> *6. A Meditation-Oriented Approach to Buddha Nature as Seen by Early Kagyü     Masters **<span> ''Martina Draszczyk''</span><span>171</span> *7. Preliminary Notes on the Notion of Buddha Nature in the ''Single Intention'' **<span> ''Katrin Querl''</span><span>193</span> *8. Jigten Sumgön's View of Buddha Nature and How Confusion Distinguishes a     Sentient Being from a Buddha **<span> ''Khenpo Konchok Tamphel''</span><span>219</span> *9. Images of Emptiness in a Prognostic Mirror: Tantric Zhentong Visions of     Tathāgatagarbha in Early Jonang Kālacakra Yoga Manuals **<span> ''Michael R. Sheehy''</span><span>229</span> *10. Shangton Sönam Drakpa's Defense of Dölpopa Sherab Gyaltsen's Ground      Consciousness **<span> ''Klaus-Dieter Mathes''</span><span>261</span> *11. Buddha Nature through the Eyes of Gorampa Sönam Sengé **<span> ''Khenpo Ngawang Jorden''</span><span>291</span> *12. Buddha Nature and Selfhood: Critical Reflections by the Eighth Karmapa<br>     Mikyö Dorjé **<span> ''David Higgins''</span><span>317</span> *13. The Role of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in Tāranātha's ''Great Madhyamaka Vehicle'' **<span> ''Sina Joos''</span><span>349</span> *14. Empty of True Existence, Yet Full of Qualities: Ngawang Tsoknyi Gyatso on      Buddha Nature **<span> ''Filippo Brambilla''</span><span>377</span> *15. Sentient Beings Within: Buddha Nature and the Great Perfection **<span> ''Douglas Duckworth''</span><span>423</span> *16. The Impact of a Zhentong Interpretation of Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine from<br>     the Point of View of a Western Buddhist Practitioner **<span> ''Shenpen Hookham''</span><span>447</span> **<span> About the Authors</span><span>469</span> **<span> Index</span><span>475</span>   
'''Volume One''' * <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>11</span> * <span> Preface </span><span>13</span> ** <span> Chapter 1: Introduction </span><span>27</span> ** Chapter 2: Doctrinal Background ** <span> 1. Introductory remarks </span><span>57</span> ** <span> 2. An outline of buddha nature [by Karma phrin las], translation </span><span>60</span> ** <span> 3. Key points in Karma phrin las pa’s outline of buddha nature</span><span> 72</span> ** <span> 3.1. Tathāgatagarbha concepts in early Indian Buddhist sources</span><span> 72</span> ** <span> 3.2. Tathāgatagarbha concepts in Indo-Tibetan Mahāyāna sources</span><span>73</span> ** <span> 3.3. Rang byung rdo rje’s Karma bka’ brgyud position on buddha<br>      nature</span><span>74</span> ** <span> 4. Critical edition of Karma phrin las pa’s outline of buddha nature</span><span>78</span> ** Chapter 3: The Eighth Karma pa’s Central Claims About Buddha Nature ** <span> 1. Introductory remarks</span><span>83</span> ** <span> 2. Sixteen central claims regarding buddha nature</span><span>85</span> ** <span> 2.1. Buddha nature exists equally in everyone from ordinary beings to<br>      buddhas</span><span>85</span> ** <span> 2.2. Buddha nature discourses are of definitive meaning (nītārtha)</span><span>95</span> ** <span> 2.3. The “nature” (garbha) of a buddha is actual, not nominal</span><span> 101</span> ** <span> 2.4. The gotra is not metaphorical (upacāra), but attributions of cause<br>       and result are</span><span>106</span> ** <span> 2.5. Buddha nature is buddhahood obscured by defilements</span><span>111</span> ** <span> 2.6. The three phases of buddha nature indicate progressive degrees of<br>       disclosure</span><span>116</span> ** <span> 2.7. The classification of three vehicles has a hidden intent (ābhiprāyika);<br>       the one vehicle (ekayāna) doctrine is definitive (lākṣaṇika)</span><span>120</span> ** <span> 2.8. The unfolded gotra is the naturally present gotra awakened through<br>       virtue</span><span>131</span> ** <span> 2.9. Resultant buddha nature may be equated with dharmakāya</span><span>136</span> ** <span> 2.10. Buddha nature is not emptiness as a nonaffirming negation<br>        (med dgag)</span><span>141</span> ** <span> 2.11. Buddha nature is not a basis established (gzhi grub) by valid<br>        cognition</span><span>151</span> ** <span> 2.12. The identification of buddha nature and ālayavijñāna is<br>        provisional</span><span>162</span> ** <span> 2.13. Buddha nature is not a self (coarse or subtle) but is selflessness</span><span>204</span> ** <span> 2.14. Buddha nature is only fully revealed in Mantrayāna thought and<br>        praxis</span><span>226</span> ** <span> 2.15. Buddha nature is natural awareness (tha mal gyi shes pa)</span><span>241</span> ** <span> 2.16. Buddha nature consists in the unity of the two truths </span><span>257</span> ** <span> 3. Conclusion</span><span>276</span> '''Volume Two'''<br> <br> '''1.''' '''''The Lamp of Fine Discernment Regarding the Tradition of the Gzhan<br>   stong Madhyamaka Proponents''''' * <span> 1.1. Introduction</span><span>11</span> * <span> 1.2. Annotated Translation: ''The Lamp of Fine Discernment Regarding the Tradition<br>      of the Gzhan stong Madhyamaka Proponents'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-0000006F-QINU`"'''Lamp'')</span><span>15</span> * <span> 1.3. Critical Edition: ''Dbu ma gzhan stong smra ba 'i srol legs par phye ba 'i sgron me<br>      zhes bya ba bzhugs so'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000070-QINU`"' LG)</span><span>50</span> '''2.''' '''''The Nerve Tonic for the Elderly'''''<br> * <span> 2.1. Introduction</span><span>73</span> * <span> 2.2. Annotated Translation: ''The Nerve Tonic for the Elderly'', also known as ''The<br>      Sublime Fragrance of Nectar'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000071-QINU`"' ''Tonic'')</span><span>76</span> * <span> 2.3. Critical Edition: ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'', also known as ''Dpyad pa bdud dri mchog<br>      '' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000072-QINU`"' GL)</span><span>137</span> '''3.''' '''''Buddha Nature and Dharmakāya'''''<br> * <span> 3.1. Introduction</span><span>171</span> * <span> 3.2. Annotated Translation: ''Buddha Nature and Dharmakāya: A Reply to Queries''</span><span>172</span> * <span> 3.3. Critical Edition: ''Bde gshegs snying po dang chos sku'i dris lan''</span><span>174</span> '''4.''' '''''Buddha Nature and Emptiness Imbued with Compassion''''' * <span> 4.1. Introduction</span><span>177</span> * <span> 4.2. Annotated Translation of an Excerpt from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Single Intent<br>      Commentary'' (''Intent'') on 'Jig rten gsum mgon's ''Single Intent'' (''Dgongs gcig'') Vajra<br>      Precepts 1.27–28</span><span>178</span> * <span> 4.3. Critical Edition: ''Dgongs gcig kar ṭīg'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000073-QINU`"' GC) excerpt</span><span>188</span> '''5.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Substratum''''' * <span> 5.1. Introduction</span><span>197</span> * <span> 5.2. Annotated Translation of an Excerpt from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Single Intent<br>      Commentary'' on 'Jig rten gsum mgon's ''Single Intent'' Vajra Precept 8.36</span><span>197</span> * <span> 5.3. Critical Edition: ''Dgongs gcig kar ṭīg'' excerpt</span><span>230</span> '''6.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Two Truths''''' * <span> 6.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A-B] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br>      Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000074-QINU`"' ''Embodiments'')</span><span>255</span> * <span> 6.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>258</span> * <span> 6.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000075-QINU`"' KN) excerpt</span><span>268</span> * <span> 6.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On Buddha Nature in the Context of the Two<br>      Truths</span><span>277</span> * <span> 6.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>287</span> '''7.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Causal Continuum''''' * <span> 7.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A–D] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br>      Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>295</span> * <span> 7.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On the Connection Between the Three <br>      Continua</span><span>297</span> * <span> 7.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>305</span> * <span> 7.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On the Refutation of Other Views of the<br>      Causal Continuum</span><span>312</span> * <span> 7.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>328</span> * <span> 7.6. Annotated Translation [C]: On the Presentation of Our Own System</span><span>339</span> * <span> 7.7. Critical Edition [C]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>345</span> * <span> 7.8. Annotated Translation [D]: On the Purity of the Causal Continuum</span><span>347</span> * <span> 7.9. Critical Edition [D]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>351</span> '''8.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Path Continuum''''' * <span> 8.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A–B] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br>      Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>355</span> * <span> 8.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On Buddha Nature's Inherent Qualities</span><span>357</span> * <span> 8.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>366</span> * <span> 8.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On the Summary of the Creation and the<br>      Completion Stages</span><span>371</span> * <span> 8.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>377</span> '''9.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Resultant Continuum''''' * <span> 9.1. Introduction</span><span>381</span> * <span> 9.2. Annotated Translation: Excerpt on Buddha Nature, the Tantric Resultant<br>      Continuum from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the Direct Introduction<br>      to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>382</span> * <span> 9.3. Critical Edition: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>390</span> '''Bibliography''' * <span> Abbreviations of Collections, Editions, and Institutes</span><span>397</span> * <span> Primary Sources: Indian Works</span><span>397</span> * <span> Primary Sources: Tibetan Works</span><span>404</span> * <span> Secondary Sources</span><span>416</span> * <span> Index</span><span>433</span>  
'''Table of Contents for the Nirvana Sutra''' *<span> Chapter One: Introductory</span><span>V1</span> *<span> Chapter Two: On Cunda</span><span>V58</span> *<span> Chapter Three: On Grief</span><span>V93</span> *<span> Chapter Four: On Long Life</span><span>V136</span> *<span> Chapter Five: On the Adamantine Body</span><span>V179</span> *<span> Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the Name</span><span>V199</span> *<span> Chapter Seven: On the Four Aspects</span><span>V204</span> *<span> Chapter Eight: On the Four Dependables</span><span>V321</span> *<span> Chapter Nine: On Wrong and Right</span><span>V373</span> *<span> Chapter Ten: On the Four Truths</span><span>V408</span> *<span> Chapter Eleven: On the Four lnversions</span><span>V413</span> *<span> Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the Tathāgata</span><span>V417</span> *<span> Chapter Thirteen: On Letters</span><span>V465</span> *<span> Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the Birds</span><span>V479</span> *<span> Chapter Fifteen: On the Parable of the Moon</span><span>V494</span> *<span> Chapter Sixteen: On the Bodhisattva</span><span>V505</span> *<span> Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the Crowd</span><span>V559</span> '''Table of Contents for the Srimaladevi Sutra''' *<span> Chapter 1: Praises of the unlimited merit of the World Honored One</span><span>V1</span> *<span> Chapter 2: The ten inconceivable Bodhisattva vows</span><span>V8</span> *<span> Chapter 3: The great aspiration that contains all aspirations</span><span>V21</span> *<span> Chapter 4: The inconceivable acceptance of the Correct Dharma</span><span>V23</span> *<span> Chapter 5: The way to enter the Ekayana</span><span>V52</span> *<span> Chapter 6: The limitless Noble truths</span><span>V88</span> *<span> Chapter 7: The Tathagatagarbha</span><span>V91</span> *<span> Chapter 8: The Dharmakaya</span><span>V96</span> *<span> Chapter 9: The true understanding of the meaning of emptiness</span><span>V97</span> *<span> Chapter 10: The One Truth</span><span>V99</span> *<span> Chapter 11: The One Refuge is eternal and unchanging</span><span>V100</span> *<span> Chapter 12: The wrong views</span><span>V100</span> *<span> Chapter 13: The inherently pure mind that is obscured by defilements</span><span>V105</span> *<span> Chapter 14: The True Sons and Daughters of the World Honored One</span><span>V111</span> *<span> Chapter 15: Queen Srimala and her Lion's roar</span><span>V113</span> '''Table of Contents for the Infinite Life Sutra''' *<span> The Assembly of Shravakas and Bodhisattvas</span><span>V1</span> *<span> The deeds and virtues of the Bodhisattvas</span><span>V4</span> *<span> The Buddha's glorious Image</span><span>V20</span> *<span> The prior fifty three Buddhas</span><span>V27</span> *<span> Dharmakara's hymns, praises, and vows</span><span>V28</span> *<span> Dharmakara aspires to establish a Buddha land</span><span>V40</span> *<span> Dharmakara's forty eight vows</span><span>V49</span> *<span> Dharmakara confirms his vows and resolution</span><span>V98</span> *<span> Dharmakara's Bodhisattva practices and merits</span><span>V105</span> *<span> Dharmakara becomes Amitabha Buddha</span><span>V112</span> *<span> Description of Amitabha Buddha's Pure Land</span><span> V114</span> *<span> Amitabha's beautiful light</span><span>V118</span>  
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>v</span> *<span> Contributors</span><span>ix</span> *Introduction: ''Toward an Ecology of Compassion—Homo Specialis, Animality, and<br>Buddha-Nature'' **<span> David Jones</span><span>1</span> *''Buddha Animals'' **<span> Jason M. Wirth</span><span>13</span> *''Jataka, Pancatantra, and the Rhetoric of Animalia in South Asia'' **<span> Thomas A. Forsthoefel</span><span>23</span> *''Buddha-nature and Bodhicitta: Animals and Humans in Dramatic Ensembles Intent<br>upon Enlightenment'' **<span> Peter D. Hershock</span><span>41</span> *''Animal Forms and Formlessness: The Protean Quality of Buddha Nature in Chinese<br>Martial Arts'' **<span> Harriette Grissom</span><span>59</span> *''Does a Dog See Into its Buddha-Nature? Re-posing the Question of Animality/Humanity<br>in Zen Buddhism'' **<span> Bret W. Davis</span><span>83</span> *''Asking the Question: Do Animals Have Buddha-Nature'' **<span> Thomas Pynn</span><span>127</span> *''Zen Eye Hunter, Zen Eye Hunted: Revealing the Animal Face of Buddha-Nature'' **<span> Brian Schroeder</span><span>149</span> *''One Cell, Symbiosis, and the Buddha's Broken Karmic Wheel: A Legacy of an Ancient Bacterium'' **<span> Keiko Takioto Miller</span><span>165</span> *''Animality and Desire in the Buddhist Monastic Code'' **<span> Jennifer L. Manlowe</span><span>185</span> *''Animal Buddhas'' **<span> David Jones</span><span>195</span> *<span> Index</span><span>205</span>   +
*'''Chapter 1:'''<br> *<span> Buddha Nature</span><span>1</span> *'''Chapter 2:''' *Preliminary Prayers & Their Explanations: *<span> (1) Refuge Prayer</span><span>27</span> *<span> (2) Prayer to Develop Bodhicitta</span><span>27</span> *<span> (3) The Four Immeasurables Prayer</span><span>56</span> *<span> (4) The Seven-Limbs Prayer</span><span>65</span>   +
* <span> Preface: The Making of a Modern Buddhologist</span><span>v</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> * José Ignacio Cabezón ** <span> "The Canonization of Philosophy and the Rhetoric of Siddhānta in Tibetan Buddhism"</span><span>7</span> * Roger Gregory-Tashi Corless ** <span> "Lying to Tell the Truth—Upāya in Mahāyāna Buddhism and Oikonomia in Alexandrian Christianity"</span><span>27</span> * Paul J. Griffiths ** <span> "Painting Space with Colors: Tathagātagarbha in the ''Mahāyānasūttrālaṅkāra''-Corpus IX.22-37"</span><span>41</span> * William G. Grosnick ** <span> "Buddha Nature as Myth"</span><span>65</span> * Jamie Hubbard ** <span> "Perfect Buddhahood, Absolute Delusion—The Universal Buddha of the San-chieh-chiao"</span><span>75</span> * Roger R. Jackson ** <span> "Luminous Mind. Among the Logicians—An Analysis of Pramāṇavārttika<br>II.205-211"</span><span>95</span> * John P. Keenan ** <span> "The Doctrine of Buddha Nature In Chinese Buddhism—Hui-K'ai on<br>Paramārtha"</span><span>125</span> *Sallie B. King ** <span> "Buddha Nature Thought and Mysticism"</span><span>139</span> *Heng-ching Shih ** <span> "T'ien-T'ai Chih-I's Theory of Buddha Nature—A Realistic and Humanistic Understanding of the Buddha"</span><span>153</span> *Paul L Swanson ** <span> "T'ien-t'ai Chih-i's Concept of Threefold Buddha Nature—A Synergy of<br>Reality, Wisdom, and Practice"</span><span>171</span> * <span> Contributors</span><span>183</span> * <span> Index</span><span>185</span>   +
* <span> Foreword</span><span>7</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>9</span> * <span> The Buddha</span><span>21</span> * <span> The Dharma</span><span>37</span> * <span> The Sangha</span><span>47</span> * <span> Buddha Nature</span><span>47</span> * <span> Enlightenment</span><span>91</span> * <span> Qualities</span><span>105</span> * <span> Buddha Activity</span><span>121</span> * <span> Conclusion</span><span>133</span> * <span> Glossary</span><span>137</span>   +
* <span> Foreword by Tenzin Dorjee</span><span> 8</span> * <span> Preface by Rosemarie Fuchs</span><span> 10</span> * <span> Introduction by Acharya Lodrö Namgyal</span><span> 12</span> * <span> '''Part One: Root Text'''</span><span> 17</span> * <span> 1. Tathagatagarbha</span><span> 19</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span> 19</span> ** <span> The First Three Vajra Points: The Three Jewels</span><span> 20</span> *** <span> Buddha</span><span> 20</span> *** <span> Dharma</span><span> 20</span> *** <span> Sangha</span><span> 21</span> ** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 22</span> ** <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 22</span> ** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 23</span> * <span> 2. The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 43</span> * <span> 3. The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 53</span> * <span> 4. The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 59</span> * <span> 5. Benefit</span><span> 73</span> * <span> '''Part Two: Commentary, The Unassailable Lion’s Roar'''</span><span> 79</span> * <span> Table of Contents</span><span> 81</span> * <span> 1. Tathagatagarbha</span><span> 97</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span> 97</span> ** <span> The First Three Vajra Points: The Three Jewels</span><span> 101</span> *** <span> The First Vajra Point: Buddha</span><span> 101</span> *** <span> The Second Vajra Point: Dharma</span><span> 105</span> *** <span> The Third Vajra Point: Sangha</span><span> 108</span> ** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 112</span> ** <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 114</span> ** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 117</span> * <span> 2. The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 182</span> * <span> 3. The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 218</span> * <span> 4. The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 238</span> * <span> 5. Benefit</span><span> 283</span> * <span> '''Part Three: Explanations by Khenpo Tsultrim Gyamtso Rinpoche'''</span><span> 299</span> * <span> '''Part Four: Translator’s Notes'''</span><span> 391</span>   
* PREFACE * <span> Introduction</span><span> i</span> * <span> PART I: Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span> 5</span> ** <span> Chapter 1: The Authorship of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and Its Transmission in<br>India from the 5th to the 10th Century</span><span> 17</span> ** <span> Chapter 2: The Resurrection of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in India in the Early 11th Century: Maitripa and Jñānasrimitra </span><span>43</span> ** <span> Chapter 3: Ratnakarasanti’s Understanding of Buddha-nature </span><span>71</span> ** <span> Chapter 4: The Transmission of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in East India from the<br>11th to the 13th Century: From Prajñākaramati to Vibhūticandra </span><span>97</span> ** <span> Chapter 5: The Kashmiri Tradition of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' Exegesis in the 11th and 12th Centuries: Sajjana and his Circle </span><span>135</span> ** <span> Chapter 6: Six Tibetan Translations of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' </span><span>155 </span> ** <span> Conclusion </span><span>181</span> * <span> PART II: rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab and His Doctrinal Position </span><span>189</span> ** <span> Chapter 7: The Life and Works of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab </span><span>191</span> ** <span> Chapter 8: rNgog’s Doctrinal Positions in Relation to Sajjana’s and His Commentarial Style </span><span>211</span> ** <span> Chapter 9: rNgog’s ''rGyud bla ma'i don bsdus pa'' as a Reflection of His Own Doctrinal Position </span><span>241</span> ** <span> Conclusion </span><span>277</span> * <span> PART III: rNgog’s Impact on Later Developments </span><span>283</span> ** <span> Chapter 10: rNgog’s Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the 11th to<br>the Early 14th Century </span><span>285</span> ** <span> Chapter 11: rNgog’s Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the Late 14th<br>to the 16th Century </span><span>345</span> ** <span> Conclusion </span><span>379</span> * <span> FINAL CONSIDERATIONS </span><span>383</span> ** <span> Resituating rNgog’s Position in a Wider Context </span><span>385</span> * <span> APPENDICES </span><span>393</span> ** <span> Appendix A: A Topical Outline of the ''rGyud bla ma'i don bsdus pa'' </span><span>395</span> ** <span> Appendix B: A List of Commentaries of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' </span><span>405</span> * <span> ABBREVIATIONS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES </span><span>415</span> * <span> INDICES </span><span>461</span>   
* <span> Abstract</span><span>i</span> * <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>iii</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> ** <span> Historical Context</span><span>1</span> ** <span> Monastic Colleges and Buddhist Education</span><span>9</span> ** <span> Epistemology and Negative Dialectics</span><span>13</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature</span><span>15</span> ** <span> Summary of Contents</span><span>18</span> ** <span> Interpretive Context</span><span>24</span> * <span> Chapter 1: Buddha-Nature and the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>27</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>27</span> ** <span> Mi-pham's Synthesis</span><span>31</span> ** <span> Two Truths</span><span>35</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness</span><span>45</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Definitive Meaning</span><span>56</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>63</span> * <span> Chapter 2: Yogācāra, Prāsaṅgika, and the Middle Way</span><span>64</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>64</span> ** <span> Middle Way and Mind-Only</span><span>64</span> ** <span> Foundations of Yogācāra</span><span>67</span> ** <span> Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika</span><span>73</span> ** <span> Dialectical Ascent</span><span>90</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>99</span> * <span> Chapter 3: The Present Absence</span><span>101</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>101</span> ** <span> Other-Emptiness in the Jo-nang</span><span>102</span> ** <span> Other-Emptiness and the Nying-ma: Lo-chen Dharma Śrī</span><span>115</span> ** <span> Another Emptiness? Emptiness of Self/Other</span><span>122</span> ** <span> Delineating Phenomena and Suchness</span><span>125</span> ** <span> Delineating Emptiness</span><span>135</span> ** <span> Emptiness as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness</span><span>141</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>149</span> * <span> Chapter 4: Buddha—Nature and the Indivisible Ground and Fruition</span><span>151</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>151</span> ** <span> Delineating the Views on Buddha-Nature</span><span>151</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature as Heritage, Buddha-Nature as the Ground</span><span>160</span> ** <span> Delineating Appearance and Reality</span><span>170</span> ** <span> Establishing Buddha-Nature: The Immanent Buddha</span><span>180</span> ** <span> Establishing Appearances as Divine</span><span>189</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature and a Difference Between Sūtra and Mantra</span><span>200</span> ** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Ground of the Great Perfection</span><span>212</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>214</span> * <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>216</span> * <span> Document 1</span><span>221</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>221</span> * <span> ''Lion's Roar: Exposition of Buddha-Nature''</span><span>221</span> ** <span> 1. Stating Other Traditions</span><span>224</span> ** <span> 2. Presenting Our Own Authentic Tradition</span><span>228</span> *** <span> 1. The Meaning of the First Verse “Because the body of the perfect<br>Buddha is radiant”</span><span>228</span> *** <span> 2. The Meaning of the Second Verse “Because suchness is indivisible”</span><span>235</span> *** <span> 3. The Meaning of the Third Verse “Because of possessing heritage”</span><span>239</span> ** <span> 1. Refuting the View that (the Basic Element) is Truly Established and<br>Not Empty</span><span>245</span> ** <span> 2. Refuting the View that (the Basic Element) is a Void Emptiness</span><span>247</span> ** <span> 3. Refuting the Apprehension of (the Basic Element) as Impermanent and Conditioned</span><span>248</span> * <span> Document 2</span><span>261</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>261</span> * <span> ''Notes on the Essential Points of (Mi-pham's) Exposition (of Buddha-Nature)''</span><span>261</span> * <span> Document 3</span><span>272</span> ** <span> Introduction</span><span>272</span> * <span> Excerpt from ''Roar of the Fearless Lion'' (48.2-97.4)</span><span>272</span> ** <span> 1. The Subject of the Extensive Discussion Here, an Explanation of the<br>Progression of Profound Points of the Ground, Path, and Fruition of the<br>Sūtra Perfection Vehicle</span><span>273</span> ** <span> 1. The Manner of the Teaching of the Profound Abiding Reality of the<br>Definitive Meaning of the Perfection Vehicle</span><span>274</span> ** <span> 1. The Progression of the Wheels of Doctrine which are the Means of<br>Teaching the Definitive Meaning of the Abiding Reality</span><span>274</span> *** <span> 1. The Wheels of Doctrine Indicated in the ''Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra''</span><span>274</span> **** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>274</span> **** <span> 2. Establishing the Reason for That Being the Way It Is</span><span>279</span> *** <span> 2. The Wheels of Doctrine Indicated in the<br>''Dhāraṇīśvararājaparipṛcchā''</span><span>289</span> **** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>289</span> **** <span> 2. Establishing (the Reason for That Being) the Way It Is</span><span>293</span> *** <span> 3. In Accord with That, the Way They are Indicated in the ''Nirvāṇa''<br>(''sūtra'') and so forth</span><span>296</span> **** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>296</span> ***** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture from the ''Nirvāṇasūtra''</span><span>296</span> ***** <span> 2. Presenting Scripture from the ''Aṅgulimālīyasūtra''</span><span>298</span> **** <span> 2. Establishing through Reasoning That Being the Way It Is</span><span>300</span> **** <span> 3. An Appended Identification of the Scriptural Collections of<br>Definitive Meaning</span><span>306</span> ** <span> 2. The Way that These Commentaries on Buddha’s Viewpoint are<br>Supreme</span><span>307</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>313</span> ** <span> Tibetan Sources</span><span>313</span> ** <span> Non-Tibetan Sources</span><span>318</span>   
* <span> Introduction and Preliminaries</span><span> 1</span> ** <span> 2003 Teachings: Day 1 – Introduction</span><span> 1</span> ** <span> Day 2 – Introduction</span><span> 8</span> * <span> The First Vajra Point: Buddha</span><span> 13</span> * <span> The Second Vajra Point: Dharma</span><span> 20</span> * <span> The Third Vajra Point: Sangha</span><span> 24</span> ** <span> Day 3 – Introduction</span><span> 26</span> ** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 29</span> * <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 33</span> ** <span> The Four Paradoxes</span><span> 34</span> * <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 37</span> ** <span> Day 4 – Introduction</span><span> 38</span> ** <span> The Ten Aspects (of Buddha-nature)</span><span> 40</span> *** <span> #1: Essence</span><span> 41</span> *** <span> #2: Cause</span><span> 42</span> **** <span> The four obscurations that wrap the kham</span><span> 43</span> *** <span> #3: Result</span><span> 44</span> *** <span> #4: Action/Function</span><span> 48</span> *** <span> #5: Container/Endowment</span><span> 49</span> *** <span> #6: Entry</span><span> 50</span> *** <span> #7: Occasions</span><span> 51</span> *** <span> #8: All-pervasive</span><span> 52</span> *** <span> #9: Unchanging</span><span> 53</span> **** <span> Day 5 – Introduction</span><span> 61</span> **** <span> The example of the lotus growing in the water</span><span> 63</span> *** <span> #10: Inseparable</span><span> 70</span> **** <span> The example of the sun and its rays</span><span> 70</span> **** <span> The example of the painters</span><span> 73</span> **** <span> Day 6 – Introduction</span><span> 76</span> ** <span> The Nine Examples (of essence and defilements)</span><span> 78</span> *** <span> Example #1: The Buddha and the Lotus</span><span> 79</span> *** <span> Example #2: The Honey and the Bees</span><span> 81</span> *** <span> Example #3: The Grain and the Husk</span><span> 82</span> *** <span> Example #4: The Gold and the Filth</span><span> 83</span> **** <span> Day 7 – Introduction</span><span> 88</span> *** <span> Example #5: The Treasure and the Earth</span><span> 90</span> *** <span> Example #6: The Shoot and the Fruit-skin</span><span> 92</span> *** <span> Example #7: The Statue and the Tattered Rag</span><span> 93</span> *** <span> Example #8: The Chakravartin and the Woman</span><span> 95</span> *** <span> Example #9: The Golden Image and the Clay Mould</span><span> 96</span> **** <span> Day 8 – Introduction</span><span> 99</span> **** <span> Day 9 – Introduction</span><span> 113</span> * <span> The Fifth Vajra Point – Enlightenment</span><span> 127</span> ** <span> 2004 Teachings: Day 1 – Introduction</span><span> 133</span> ** <span> Day 2 – Introduction</span><span> 150</span> ** <span> Day 3 – Introduction</span><span> 169</span> * <span> The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 180</span> ** <span> The Ten Powers</span><span> 182</span> ** <span> The Four Fearlessnesses</span><span> 186</span> *** <span> Day 4 – Introduction</span><span> 188</span> ** <span> The Eighteen Distinctive Qualities</span><span> 190</span> ** <span> The Fruit of Maturation (the 32 Major Marks)</span><span> 193</span> *** <span> How the examples and the qualities complement each other</span><span> 199</span> * <span> The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 206</span> ** <span> Day 5 – Introduction</span><span> 206</span> ** <span> The Nine Examples for the Buddha’s Activity</span><span> 216</span> *** <span> Example #1: Indra’s Reflection On The Lapis Lazuli Floor</span><span> 217</span> **** <span> Day 6 – Introduction</span><span> 219</span> *** <span> Example #2: The Heavenly Drum</span><span> 225</span> *** <span> Example #3: The Cloud</span><span> 232</span> **** <span> Day 7 – Introduction</span><span> 236</span> *** <span> Example #4: Brahma</span><span> 239</span> *** <span> Example #5: The Sun</span><span> 242</span> *** <span> Example #6: The Wishfulfilling Jewel</span><span> 247</span> **** <span> Day 8 – Introduction</span><span> 249</span> *** <span> Example #7: The Echo</span><span> 250</span> *** <span> Example #8: The Sky/Space</span><span> 251</span> *** <span> Example #9: The Earth</span><span> 252</span> **** <span> Day 9 – Introduction</span><span> 261</span> **** <span> Day 10 – Introduction</span><span> 276</span> * <span> Questions & Answers</span><span> 287</span> ** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 287</span> *** <span> Do animals have Buddha-nature?</span><span> 287</span> *** <span> Do plants and stones have Buddha-nature?</span><span> 287</span> *** <span> Kham and Buddha-nature</span><span> 293</span> *** <span> Kham and the gross & subtle elements</span><span> 295</span> *** <span> Buddha-nature, mind & wisdom</span><span> 297</span> ** <span> The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 299</span> *** <span> Is Buddha-nature permanent?</span><span> 299</span> *** <span> Is Buddha-nature uncompounded?</span><span> 302</span> ** <span> The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 306</span> *** <span> The 32 major marks</span><span> 306</span> *** <span> The activity of the nirmanakaya</span><span> 313</span> ** <span> The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 315</span> *** <span> The reflection in the lapis lazuli floor</span><span> 315</span> *** <span> Effortlessness</span><span> 320</span> ** <span> View and Path</span><span> 322</span> *** <span> Blessings & genuine heart of sadness</span><span> 322</span> *** <span> How does prayer work?</span><span> 324</span> *** <span> Uttaratantra and the Vajrayana</span><span> 325</span> *** <span> Why does the path have two accumulations?</span><span> 327</span> *** <span> Defilements, emotions & the origin of suffering</span><span> 328</span> *** <span> Are there other sentient beings?</span><span> 337</span> *** <span> Study & Practice</span><span> 338</span> *** <span> Buddha-nature & atman in Hinduism</span><span> 347</span> *** <span> Practice and the Four Seals</span><span> 350</span> * <span> Tibetan Words & Phrases</span><span> 351</span> * <span> Index</span><span> 367</span>   
*<span> '''INTRODUCTION TO THE USAT STUDY PROGRAM AND THE BUDDHA-NATURE TEACHINGS:'''</span><span>'''III'''</span> *<span> '''CLASS 1. [MUTS01/00:00]'''</span><span>'''1'''</span> ***<span> (#1)</span><span>1</span> **<span> VERSE 1: THE CONTENTS OF THE WORK</span><span>9</span> **<span> VERSE 2: THE SEVEN SUBJECTS ACCORDING TO THE ''DHARANISVARA-RAJA-PARIPRCCHA''</span><span>10</span> *<span> '''CLASS 2: [MUTS01/41:20]'''</span><span>'''11'''</span> **<span> VERSE 3: THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE SEVEN SUBJECTS</span><span>11</span> ***<span> (#2)</span><span>12</span> **<span> THE JEWEL OF THE BUDDHA</span><span>17</span> **<span> VERSE 4</span><span>17</span> **<span> VERSE 5</span><span>17</span> **<span> VERSE 6</span><span>17</span> **<span> VERSE 7</span><span>17</span> **<span> VERSE 8</span><span>17</span> ***<span> (#3)</span><span>24</span> *<span> '''CLASS 3 [MUTS03/0:00''']</span><span>'''25'''</span> *<span> '''CLASS 4: [MUTS03/41:50]'''</span><span>'''39'''</span> ***<span> (#4)</span><span>39</span> *<span> '''CLASS 5. [MUTS04/34:55]'''</span><span>'''51'''</span> **<span> THE JEWEL OF THE DOCTRINE</span><span>51</span> **<span> VERSE 9</span><span>51</span> ***<span> (#5)</span><span>53</span> **<span> VERSE 10</span><span>55</span> *<span> '''CLASS 6. [MUTS05/24:50]'''</span><span>'''59'''</span> ***<span> (#6)</span><span>64</span> *<span> '''CLASS 6 OPTIONAL: MAHAYANA PRECEPTS [MUTS06/08:00]'''</span><span>'''67'''</span> *<span> '''CLASS 6 OPTIONAL: MINDFULNESS OF BREATHING MEDITATION [MUTS06/37:00 TO 38:45]'''</span><span>'''72'''</span> *<span> '''CLASS 7. [MUTS06/38:53]'''</span><span>'''73'''</span> **<span> VERSE 11</span><span>73</span> **<span> VERSE 12</span><span>74</span> ***<span> (#7)</span><span>74</span> **<span> VERSE 13</span><span>75</span> **<span> THE JEWEL OF THE CONGREGATION:</span><span>75</span> **<span> VERSE 14</span><span>79</span> **<span> VERSE 15. THE SAINT’S KNOWLEDGE OF THE ABSOLUTE TRUTH</span><span>80</span> **<span> VERSE 16. THE EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE SAINTS</span><span>81</span> *<span> '''CLASS 8. [MUTS07/28:25]'''</span><span>'''83'''</span> ***<span> (#8)</span><span>87</span> **<span> VERSE 17. THE PERCEPTION OF THE SAINTS IS INTROSPECTIVE KNOWLEDGE</span><span>88</span> **<span> VERSE 18</span><span>89</span> *<span> '''CLASS 9. [MUTS08/25:30]'''</span><span>'''95'''</span> **<span> VERSE 19</span><span>95</span> **<span> THE DOCTRINE AND THE CONGREGATION ARE NOT REFUGES IN THE ULTIMATE SENSE</span><span>97</span> **<span> VERSE 20</span><span>97</span> ***<span> (#9)</span><span>102</span> *<span> '''CLASS 10. [MUTS09/13:30]'''</span><span>'''107'''</span> **<span> THE BUDDHA IS THE UNIQUE ABSOLUTE REFUGE:</span><span>109</span> **<span> VERSE 21</span><span>109</span> **<span> THE MEANING OF "THE 3 JEWELS":</span><span>110</span> **<span> VERSE 22</span><span>110</span> ***<span> (#10)</span><span>113</span> *<span> '''CLASS 11. [MUTS10/22:10]'''</span><span>'''121'''</span> **<span> PART 2: THE BASIS FOR THIS ACHIEVEMENT</span><span>121</span> **<span> GENERAL COMMENT ON THE LAST 4 VAJRA TOPICS</span><span>121</span> **<span> (1) THE POTENTIAL [ED. OBERMILLER USES "GERM", BUT RINPOCHE USES POTENTIAL], (2) ENLIGHTENMENT, (3) THE ATTRIBUTES, AND<br>(4) THE ACTS OF THE BUDDHA, IN THEIR INCONCEIVABLE<br>NATURE:</span><span>121</span> **<span> VERSE 23</span><span>121</span> ***<span> (#11)</span><span>128</span> *<span> '''CLASS 12. [MUTS11/18:45]'''</span><span>'''135'''</span> **<span> VERSE 24</span><span>135</span> **<span> VERSE 25</span><span>135</span> **<span> (#12)</span><span>143</span> **<span> THE POTENTIAL AND THE 3 OTHER SUBJECTS AS THE CAUSE AND CONDITIONS OF BUDDHAHOOD</span><span>147</span> **<span> VERSE 26</span><span>147</span> *<span> '''CLASS 13. [MUTS12/15:55]'''</span><span>'''149'''</span> **<span> THE 4TH VAJRA TOPIC: THE BUDDHA-NATURE:</span><span>149</span> **<span> THE POTENTIAL OF THE ABSOLUTE:</span><span>149</span> **<span> VERSE 27</span><span>149</span> **<span> VERSE 28</span><span>153</span> **<span> ANALYSIS OF THE (POTENTIAL, ESSENCE) FROM 10 POINTS OF<br>VIEW:</span><span>154</span> **<span> SUMMARY:</span><span>154</span> **<span> VERSE 29</span><span>154</span> **<span> THE ESSENCE OF THE SEED (1) AND THE CAUSES OF ITS PURIFICATION (2)</span><span>156</span> **<span> VERSE 30</span><span>156</span> **<span> VERSE 31</span><span>158</span> *<span> '''APPENDIX A: MAHAYANA FAST DAY VOWS'''</span><span>'''159'''</span> *<span> '''INDEX'''</span><span>'''163'''</span> *<span> '''GLOSSARY'''</span><span>'''166'''</span>   
*<span> ABSTRACT</span><span>iii</span> *<span> ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS</span><span>viii</span> *<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span> **<span> General Introduction</span><span>1</span> ***<span> Past Scholarship and Dissertation Focus</span><span>4</span> ***<span> Research Strategy and Methodology</span><span>8</span> ***<span> Introduction to the ''Sdom Gsum Kha Skong''</span><span>10</span> ****<span> The Topical Outline of the First Chapter of the ''Sdom Gsum Kha<br>Skong''</span><span>13</span> *<span> CHAPTER I - BRIEF HISTORY OF THE SA SKYA SCHOOL</span><span>20</span> **<span> 'Khon Family Lineage</span><span>20</span> ***<span> Sa chen Kun-dga’ snying-po</span><span>22</span> ***<span> Slob-dpon Rin-po-che Bsod nams rtse mo</span><span>24</span> ***<span> Rje btsun Rin po che Grags pa rgyal mtshan</span><span>25</span> ***<span> Sa skya Pandita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan</span><span>26</span> ***<span> 'Gro mgon Chos rgyal 'Phags pa</span><span>30</span> ***<span> Ngor E wam Chos Idan and Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po</span><span>33</span> ***<span> Nalendra and Rong ston Shes bya kun rig</span><span>34</span> ***<span> The Tshar pa and Tshar chen Blo gsal rgya mtsho</span><span>35</span> **<span> Other Important Monasteries</span><span>37</span> **<span> Sa Skya College in India</span><span>39</span> *<span> CHAPTER II - BIOGRAPHY OF GO RAMS PA</span><span>42</span> **<span> Accounts of Go rams pa's Life</span><span>42</span> ***<span> Go rams pa's Birth</span><span>43</span> ***<span> Entering into the Religious Life and Early Studies</span><span>44</span> ***<span> Youthful Travels and Studies in Central Tibet</span><span>45</span> ***<span> Higher Studies with Many Great Masters</span><span>46</span> ***<span> Receiving Ordination of a Full Monk (Bhiksu)</span><span>50</span> ***<span> Persuaded from Returning Home</span><span>50</span> ***<span> Propagating the Teachings of Buddha</span><span>52</span> ***<span> Establishment of a Monastic College</span><span>57</span> ***<span> His Death and Relics</span><span>59</span> ***<span> His Disciples</span><span>64</span> *<span> CHAPTER III - GO RAMS PA'S OBJECTS OF REFUTATION</span><span>66</span> *<span> PART I</span><span>66</span> ***<span> Identification of the Objects of Refutations</span><span>69</span> ***<span> Rgyal tshab and His Followers</span><span>69</span> ***<span> Claimed Followers of Rong ston</span><span>73</span> ***<span> Bus ton, Shākya Mchog Idan and Their Followers</span><span>74</span> ***<span> Mang thos's Interpretation of Go rams pa's Thought</span><span>80</span> ***<span> Go rams pa's own Interpretation</span><span>82</span> ***<span> Hypothetical Questions</span><span>83</span> ***<span> Mang thos's Understanding of Go rams pa's Intention</span><span>84</span> ***<span> The Two Purities are Mutually Exclusive</span><span>85</span> *<span> CHAPTER IV - GO RAMS PA'S REFUTATION OF JO NANG PA ON<br>BUDDHA-NATURE</span><span>89</span> *<span> PART II</span><span>89</span> **<span> Refutation of Truly Existing Buddha-nature</span><span>89</span> **<span> History of the Jo nang pa Tradition</span><span>90</span> **<span> A Summary of Jo nang pa's Gzhan stong Theory</span><span>93</span> **<span> Positioning Jo nang pa School</span><span>95</span> **<span> Distinction between Rang stong and Gzhan stong</span><span>102</span> **<span> Meaning of the Non-differentiation of the Basis and the Result</span><span>103</span> **<span> Claiming their Assertion to be in accord with Sūtras and Śāstras</span><span>103</span> **<span> Classification of Real and Imputation</span><span>110</span> ***<span> Demonstrating the Classification of Real and Imputation with<br>Examples</span><span>110</span> ***<span> Claiming All Three Tantras to be Valid</span><span>111</span> **<span> Refutation of ways in which they accept the result</span><span>116</span> **<span> Refutation of the Ontology: Contradiction with Definitive Treatises</span><span>118</span> **<span> Contradiction with the logical reasons which refutes Realists</span><span>118</span> **<span> Contradiction with the Sequence of the Turning the Wheel of Dharma</span><span>120</span> **<span> Contradiction to the Intent of Sūtra, Tantra and Śāstra</span><span>122</span> **<span> Illustrating the Reasons of Investigation without Bias</span><span>123</span> **<span> Essence of the Important Points in Brief</span><span>124</span> *<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>125</span> **<span> Ascertainment with evidence</span><span>128</span> *<span> APPENDICES</span><span>130</span> **<span> Appendix A: The text of ''sdom gsum kha skong'''s first chapter on basis (''gzhi'')<br>and its translation</span><span>130</span> **<span> Note on the Versification</span><span>130</span> **<span> The Text and Translation</span><span>130</span> **<span> Appendix B: Go rams pa's writings</span><span>181</span> **<span> Volume I</span><span>182</span> **<span> Volume II</span><span>187</span> **<span> Volume III</span><span>188</span> **<span> Volume IV</span><span>189</span> **<span> Volume V</span><span>194</span> **<span> List of his works arranged by subjects</span><span>198</span> ***<span> On the Hevajra Tantra:</span><span>198</span> ***<span> On the Cakrasamvara Tantra:</span><span>200</span> ***<span> On the Guhyasamāja Tantra:</span><span>200</span> ***<span> On the Vajrabhairava Teaching:</span><span>201</span> ***<span> On the Yoga Tantra:</span><span>201</span> ***<span> On the Prajñāpāramitā:</span><span>201</span> ***<span> On the Ratnagotravibhāga of Maitreya:</span><span>201</span> ***<span> On the Logic and Epistemology (''Pramāṇa''):</span><span>202</span> ***<span> On the Madhyamaka Philosophy:</span><span>202</span> ***<span> On the Three Sets of Vows:</span><span>202</span> ***<span> On the Yoga Tantra:</span><span>203</span> **<span> Various Praises, Prayers and Answers to some Questions</span><span>203</span> *<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>208</span> **<span> Primary Sources and Translations; Sūtras and Tantras</span><span>208</span> **<span> Commentaries and Philosophical Treatises</span><span>209</span> **<span> Primary Sources of Works by Tibetans</span><span>212</span> **<span> Secondary Sources</span><span>215</span>   
* <span> List of Illustrations</span><span>viii</span> * <span> Introduction by Chagdud Tulku</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Translator’s Note</span><span>xxi</span> * <span> Buddhahood Without Meditation: Tibetan text and translation</span><span>1</span> * <span> Afterword by His Holiness Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>179</span> * <span> Structural Analysis and Outline by His Holiness Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>183</span> * <span> Glossary</span><span>223</span>   +
* <span> Foreword by Yangsi Kalu Rinpoché</span><span>xi</span> * <span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>1</span> **<span> An Overview of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>4</span> **<span> Jamgön Kongtrul and the Purpose of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>9</span> **<span> Kalu Rinpoché and the Purpose of the Translation of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>18</span> **<span> Paying for the Translation of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>26</span> **<span> ''The Treasury'' in Translation</span><span>33</span> **<span> Translating and Reading ''Buddhism's Journey to Tibet''</span><span>35</span> **<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>38</span> *<span> Book Two: The Light of the World</span><span>41</span> **<span> 1: Our Teacher's Path to Awakening</span><span>43</span> **<span> 2: The Buddha's Enlightenment</span><span>61</span> **<span> 3: The Buddha's Twelve Deeds</span><span>75</span> **<span> 4: Enlightenment's Bodies and Pure Realms</span><span>93</span> *<span> Book Three: What the Buddha Taught</span><span>113</span> **<span> 1: What Are the Sacred Teachings?</span><span>115</span> **<span> 2: Cycles of Scriptural Transmission</span><span>145</span> **<span> 3: Compilations of the Buddha's Word</span><span>167</span> **<span> 4: The Origins of the Early Translations' Ancient Tradition</span><span>183</span> *<span> Book Four: Buddhism Resplendent in the World</span><span>197</span> **<span> 1: Buddhism in the Land of Exalted Beings</span><span>199</span> **<span> 2: How Buddhist Monastic Discipline and Scriptural Transmissions Came to<br>Tibet</span><span>235</span> **<span> 3: The History of Lineages of Meditation Practice in Tibet, the Eight Major Chariots</span><span>321</span> **<span> 4: A History of Buddhist Culture</span><span>377</span> *<span> Appendix 1: The Root Text of Books Two, Three, and Four</span><span>437</span> *<span> Appendix 2: The Outline of Books Two, Three, and Four</span><span>479</span> *<span> Translator's Postscript: Reflections on Each Chapter</span><span>491</span> **<span> ''Myriad Worlds'' Revisited</span><span>491</span> **<span> Book Two: The Light of the World</span><span>495</span> ***<span> 1: Our Teacher's Path to Awakening</span><span>495</span> ***<span> 2: The Buddha's Enlightenment</span><span>500</span> ***<span> 3: The Buddha's Twelve Deeds</span><span>509</span> ***<span> 4: Enlightenment's Bodies and Pure Realms</span><span>513</span> **<span> Book Three: What the Buddha Taught</span><span>519</span> ***<span> 1: What Are the Sacred Teachings?</span><span>519</span> ***<span> 2: Cycles of Scriptural Transmission</span><span>528</span> ***<span> 3: Compilations of the Buddha's Word</span><span>536</span> ***<span> 4: The Origins of the Early Translations' Ancient Tradition</span><span>538</span> **<span> Book Four: Buddhism Resplendent in the World</span><span>546</span> ***<span> 1: Buddhism in the Land of Exalted Beings</span><span>546</span> ***<span> 2: How Buddhist Monastic Discipline and Scriptural Transmissions<br>Came to Tibet</span><span>551</span> ***<span> 3: The History of Lineages of Meditation Practice in Tibet, the Eight<br>Major Chariots</span><span>577</span> ***<span> 4: A History of Buddhist Culture</span><span>597</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>605</span> *<span> List of Names</span><span>609</span> *<span> List of Names of Nonhuman Beings</span><span>633</span> *<span> List of Place Names</span><span>639</span> *<span> List of Texts Cited</span><span>645</span> *<span> Subject Index</span><span>663</span>   
* <span> Foreword</span><span> vii</span> * <span> Preface</span><span> ix</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span> 3</span> ** <span> Textual History</span><span> 3</span> ** <span> Doctrine</span><span> 14</span> * <span> Edition and Translation</span><span> 55</span> * <span> Appendices</span><span> 135</span> ** <span> 1: Is the Mind Originally Pure or is it Luminous?</span><span> 135</span> ** <span> 2: On amuktajña</span><span> 141</span> ** <span> 3: *Sāramati</span><span> 149</span> ** <span> 4: Reading Text and Translation</span><span> 159</span> ** <span> 5: A Hypothetical Reconstruction of an Indic Form of the AAN</span><span> 181</span> ** <span> 6: Citations of the AAN</span><span> 191</span> * <span> Literature</span><span> 219</span> * <span> Indices</span><span> 241</span>   +
*<span> Preface</span><span>''vii''</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>''1''</span> <center>PART ONE: FAITH</center> *<span> 1. The Primacy of Faith in Buddhism</span><span>11</span> *<span> 2. Patriarchal Faith and Doctrinal Faith</span><span>19</span> *<span> 3. Buddha-nature and Patriarchal Faith</span><span>25</span> *<span> 4. Essence-Function versus Subject-Object Constructions</span><span>35</span> *<span> 5. Nonbacksliding Faith and Backsliding Faith</span><span>43</span> *<span> 6. The Two Truths and Skill-in-Means</span><span>49</span> <center>PART TWO: PRACTICE</center> *<span> 7. The Unity of Faith and Enlightenment in Practice</span><span>55</span> *<span> 8. Bodhidharma's Wall Meditation</span><span>59</span> *<span> 9. Questioning Meditation and the Dynamics of Faith</span><span>66</span> *<span> 10.Practice in the Treatise on Awakening Mahayana Faith</span><span>78</span> *<span> 11. Faith and Practice in Pure Land Buddhism</span><span>90</span> *<span> 12. Faith as the Practice of Compassion</span><span>96</span> <center>PART THREE: ENLIGHTENMENT</center> *<span> 13. Sudden Enlightenment and Gradual Practice</span><span>105</span> *<span> 14. Faith and Enlightenment in the Hua-yen Sutra</span><span>110</span> *<span> 15. Kkaech'im: The Experience of Brokenness</span><span>123</span> *<span> 16. Revolution of the Basis</span><span>126</span> *<span> 17. The Three Gates</span><span>133</span> *<span> Conclusion</span><span>137</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>145</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>147</span> *<span> Glossary of Chinese Characters</span><span>159</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>169</span> *<span> Index</span><span>205</span>   +
*'''Preface''' *'''Table of Contents''' *'''Introduction''' *'''Buddhist Philosophy and Meditation Practice''' *<span> 1. ''Jason Siff'': Language and Meditation</span><span>3</span> *<span> 2. ''Jongmyung Kim'': Thought and Praxis in Contemporary Korean Buddhism:<br>   A Critical Examination</span><span>14</span> *<span> 3. ''Ven. Jinwol Lee'': Ganhwaseon (看話禪) in Korea:<br>    From a Seon Practitioner’s Perspective</span><span>28</span> *<span> 4. ''Prof. Robert E. Buswell, Jr'': The Transformation of Doubt (Ǔijǒng 疑情)<br>    in Kanhwa Sǒn 看話禪: The Testimony of Gaofeng<br>    Yuanmiao 高峰原妙 (1238-1295)</span><span>34</span> *<span> 5. ''Tadeusz Skorupski'': Consciousness and Luminosity in Indian and <br>    Tibetan Buddhism]</span><span>43</span> *<span> 6. ''James Blumenthal'': Śamatha and its Relation to the Mundane and<br>    Supra-mundane Paths According to Geluk Traditions of Tibetan Buddhism</span><span>65</span> *<span> 7. ''Kyaw, Pyi Phyo'': The Paṭṭhāna (Conditional Relations) and Buddhist<br>    Meditation Application of the Teachings in the Paṭṭhāna in Insight<br>    (Vipassanā) Meditation Practice</span><span>72</span> *<span> 8. ''Lei Xiaoli (Ph.D Candidate)'': A Study on the Development of<br>    Meditation in Theravada Buddhism and Chinese Buddhism</span><span>88</span> *<span> 9. ''Kanae Kawamoto'': Pragmatic Benefits and Concentration through<br>    Ānāpānasati Meditation</span><span>98</span> *<span> 10. ''Dr. H. M. Mahinda Herath'': Theravada Philosophical Exposition of the<br>     Supramundane (Lokuttara) State</span><span>104</span> *<span> 11. ''Thomas A C Weiser'': Three Practices of the Four Foundations of<br>     Mindfulness: An Investigation in Comparative Soteriology</span><span>111</span> *<span> 12. ''Professor Angraj Chaudhary'': The Philosophy of Suffering and the Practice<br>     of Vipassana</span><span>128</span> *<span> 13. ''Joel Walmsley & Ira Greenberg'': Mind, Death and Supervenience:<br>     Towards a Comparative Dialogue</span><span>134</span> *<span> 14. ''Jeff Waistell'': Mindfulness Meditation and Praxis</span><span>149</span> *<span> 15. ''Charles Pyle'': A Strategic Perspective on Buddhist Meditation</span><span>158</span> *<span> 16. ''Jim Rheingans'': Communicating the Innate: Observations on Teacher-Student<br>     Interaction in the Tibetan Mahāmudrā Instructions</span><span>177</span> *<span> 17. ''Sumi Lee'': Searching for a Possibility of Buddhist Hermeneutics:<br>     Two Exegetic Strategies in Buddhist Tradition</span><span>202</span> *<span> 18. ''Khristos Nizamis'': The Mind’s 'I' in Meditation : Early Pāli Buddhadhamma:<br>     and Transcendental Phenomenology in Mutual Reflection</span><span>212</span> *<span> 19. ''Apisin Sivayathorn & Apichai Puntasen'': Is It True That Buddhism is<br>     Mind-Based Science?</span><span>239</span> *<span> 20. ''Karin Meyers'': The Pleasant Way: The Dhyāna-s, Insight and the Path<br>     according to the Abhidharmakośa</span><span>259</span> *<span> 21. ''Thanaphon Cheungsirakulvit'': Buddhadāsa's Poetry: the Object of<br>     Contemplation on Emptiness</span><span>278</span> *<span> 22. ''Prof. Yasanjali Devika Jayatilleke'': An Anthropological Study on the Rituals<br>     Pertaining to Life Crises Events among Sri Lankan Buddhists</span><span>314</span> *<span> 23. ''Dr. Mark Owen'': The Philosophical Foundations of the Tibetan<br>     Buddhist Practice of Bodily Preservation</span><span>324</span> *<span> 24. ''Bethany Lowe'': Dangerous Dharma, Death, and Depression:<br>     The Importance of 'Right View' for Practicing Contemplation within a<br>     Western Buddhist Tradition</span><span>343</span> *<span> 25. ''Venerable Bhikkhuni Anula Devi'': The Practical approach to the<br>     Enlightenment through the Buddhist Meditation</span><span>362</span> *<span> 26. ''Dr. Wangchuk Dorjee Negi'': Buddhist Meditation Practices</span><span>370</span> *<span> 27. ''Dr Sarah Shaw'' : Breathing Mindfulness: Text and Practice</span><span>378</span> *<span> 28. ''Nuengfa Nawaboonniyom & Apichai Puntasen'': The Training of<br>     Satipaṭṭhāna related to 15 Caraṇas and 8 Vijjās</span><span>391</span> *<span> 29. ''Giuliana Martini'': Transcending the Limiting Power of Karma<br>     The Early Buddhist Appamāṇas</span><span>413</span> *<span> 30. ''Ven. Dr. Yuanci'': A Study of the Meditation Methods in the DESM<br>     and Other Early Chinese Texts</span><span>438</span> *<span> 31. ''Assoc. Prof. Dr. Uma Shankar'': The Philosophical Perspectives in the<br>     Meditational practices of Tantric Buddhism</span><span>466</span>   
<center>''Introduction''</center> <center>''First Part''</center> <center>THE TEACHING OF THE ELDERS</center> <center>''By I. B. Horner''</center> * <span> THE SAMGHA</span><span>17</span> <center>THE ORDER OF MONKS AND NUNS</center> <center>''Conversion of Anathapindika'' 17</center> <center>''Conversion of General Siha'' 20</center> <center>''Ordination of Pajapati the Great'' 23</center> <center>''Visakha, the Laywoman Supporter'' 26</center> <center>''Schism'' 28</center> <center>SKILL IN MEANS 33</center> <center>ARAHANTS 42</center> <center>THE BUDDHIST APOCALYPSE 45</center> * <span> THE DHAMMA</span><span>51</span> <center>THE FIVE FACULTIES</center> <center>''The Five Faculties collectively'' 51</center> <center>''The Five Faculties separately'' 52</center> <center>''Faith'' 52</center> <center>''Vigour'' 54</center> <center>''Mindfulness'' 56</center> <center>''Concentration'' 60</center> <center>''Wisdom'' 64</center> <center>CONDITIONED GENESIS</center> <center>''Conditioned Genesis collectively'' 65</center> <center>''Cond:tioned Genesis separately'' 70</center> <center>''Ignorance'' 70</center> <center>''Consciousness'' 70</center> <center>''Feelng'' 72</center> <center>''Craving'' 73</center> <center>''Grasping'' 74</center> <center>''Birth, Ageing and Dying'' 76</center> <center>THE OBJECT OF WISDOM</center> <center>''Crossing Over'' 82</center> <center>''Emptiness'' 90</center> <center>''Nirvana'' 92</center> *<span> THE BUDDHA AND TATHAGATA</span><span>103</span> <center>''Second Part''</center> <center>THE MAHAYANA</center> <center>''By Edward Conze''</center> * <span> BASIC NOTIONS</span><span>119</span> <center>CRITICISM OF THE HINAYANA POSITION</center> <center>''Bodhisattvas and Disciples'' 119</center> <center>''The Conversion of Sariputra'' 120</center> <center>''The two Nirvanas'' 124</center> <center>THE BODHISATTVA</center> <center>''Descriptions'' 127</center> <center>''His Infinite Compassion'' 131</center> <center>''The Dedication of Merit'' 132</center> <center>THE SIX PERFECTIONS</center> <center>''Definition'' 135</center> <center>''The six Perfections and the Body'' 136</center> <center>''The Perfection of Giving'' 136</center> <center>''The Perfection of Patience'' 137</center> <center>''The Perfection of Meditation'' 138</center> <center>THE BUDDHA</center> <center>''The Tathagata as a Rain-cloud'' 139</center> <center>''The real Buddha'' 140</center> <center>''The Tathagatas' Coming and Going'' 143</center> <center>''The Dharma-body'' 143</center> <center>''Tathagata and Suchness'' 144</center> <center>''The 18 special dharmas of a Buddha'' 145</center> * <span> NEW WISDOM SCHOOL</span><span>146</span> <center>THE PERFECTION OF WISDOM 146</center> <center>THE ELUSIVENESS OF PERFECT WISDOM 149</center> <center>THE DOCTRINE OF PERFECT WISDOM 152</center> <center>EMPTINESS</center> <center>''Preliminary Meditations'' 158</center> <center>''Definitions and Synonyms of Emptiness'' 163</center> <center>''Negations'' 172</center> <center>''Contradictions'' 175</center> <center>''Unreality of the World'' 177</center> <center>''Emptiness and Salvation'' 179</center> <center>''The Germ of Buddhahood in all Beings'' 181</center> * <span> THE BUDDHISM OF FAITH</span><span>185</span> <center>FAITH 185</center> <center>THE ACTS AND REWARDS OF DEVOTION 186</center> <center>THE OBJECTS OF DEVOTION</center> <center>''The Buddha'' 190</center> <center>''Avalokitesvara'' 194</center> <center>''Tara'' 196</center> <center>THE PURE LAND 202</center> * <span> YOGACARINS</span><span>207</span> <center>MIND ONLY 207</center> <center>TWOFOLD EGOLESSNESS 211</center> <center>IRREALITY OF THE WORLD 212</center> <center>THE BUDDHA AS THE BASIS OF ALL 216</center> <center>''Third Part''</center> <center>THE TANTRAS</center> <center>''By David Snellgrove''</center> <center>''The Cleansing of Thought'' 221</center> <center>''Supreme Enlightenment'' 221</center> <center>''Saraha's Treasury of Songs'' 224</center> <center>''Anangavajra, The Attainment of the Realization of Wisdom and Means'' 240</center> <center>''Note on the Mandala'' 246</center> <center>''Advayavajra, The fivefold Manifestation'' 249</center> <center>''An Evocation of Prajnaparamita'' 252</center> <center>''The Mandala conceived within'' 254</center> <center>''The Story of Tanti'' 255</center> <center>''Mila Repa and the Novices'' 257</center> <center>''Fourth Part''</center> <center>TEXTS FROM CHINA AND JAPAN</center> <center>By Arthur Waley</center> <center>Introduction</center> * <span> TEXTS ORIGINATING IN INDIA</span><span>274</span> <center>''The Parable of Me and Mine'' 274</center> <center>''On the Curing of Illness contracted during Dhyana Practice'' 274</center> <center>''Meditation upon the Element Water'' 275</center> <center>''Judging the Character of a Dhyana Pupil'' 276</center> <center>''The Bracelets'' 278</center> <center>''All Words are true'' 278</center> <center>''Buddha's Doctrine'' 279</center> <center>''The Negation of Dhyana'' 280</center> <center>''Po Chu-i. Poem On Reading the Dhyana Sutra'' 281</center> <center>''Nationality'' 282</center> <center>''The Intermediate State'' 283</center> <center>''Devas repeople the Earth'' 283</center> <center>''Buddha's Pity'' 285</center> * <span> TEXTS ORIGINATING IN CHINA AND JAPAN</span><span>287</span> <center>''A Hinayana Sect in early China'' 287</center> <center>''The Truly So'' 290</center> <center>''From the Lives of the Nuns'' 291</center> <center>''On Trust in the Heart'' 295</center> <center>From the Conversations of Shen-hui 299</center> <center>''A nice Mountain'' 302</center> <center>''Rain-making'' 302</center> * <span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>307</span> * <span> SOURCES</span><span>311</span> * <span> GLOSSARY</span><span>313</span> * <span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>323</span>  
C
*<span> ''Dedication''</span><span>7</span> *<span> ''Foreword''</span><span>9</span> *<span> Open and Free</span><span>13</span> *<span> Ground</span><span>22</span> *<span> View</span><span>35</span> *<span> Beginning Meditation</span><span>53</span> *<span> Transcending Shamatha</span><span>64</span> *<span> Not Meditating, Not Being Distracted</span><span>88</span> *<span> Guided Meditation</span><span>102</span> *<span> Losing It</span><span>108</span> *<span> Vajrasattva Meditation</span><span>126</span> *<span> Development and Completion Unified</span><span>140</span> *<span> Compassion</span><span>148</span> *<span> Carefree</span><span>161</span> *<span> Progressive Path</span><span>167</span> *<span> Bardo</span><span>186</span> *<span> Fruition</span><span>201</span> *<span> Confidence</span><span>213</span> *<span> Dignity</span><span>230</span> *<span> ''Afterword''</span><span>235</span>   +
*<span> List of Tables</span><span>v</span> *<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>vI</span> *<span> Technical Notes</span><span>vii</span> Part 1: The Prāsaṅgika-Mādhyamika Interpretation of the Buddha-essence Theory *<span> Introduction</span><span>2</span> *<span> Chapter 1: Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span>17</span> **<span> 1. rGyal-tshab's Life and Works</span><span>17</span> **<span> 2. The social-political background</span><span>26</span> **<span> 3. The doctrinal background</span><span>29</span> **<span> 4. The Structure and Contents of the ''rGyud bla ṭīkā''</span><span>33</span> *<span> Chapter 2: Doctrinal Classification of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>37</span> **<span> 1. Asaṅga and the Five Treatises of Maitreya</span><span>38</span> **<span> 2. The subtle emptiness according to the RGV</span><span>41</span> ***<span> The truth-habit as the cause of saṃsāra</span><span>41</span> ***<span> The truth-habit as the addictive obscuration</span><span>43</span> ***<span> Śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas' realization of objective selflessness</span><span>44</span> ***<span> Refuting the Vijñānavādin standpoint concerning emptiness</span><span>47</span> **<span> 3. The Three Stages of Teaching according to the DIR</span><span>49</span> ***<span> Establishing the unique vehicle</span><span>49</span> ***<span> As the distinctive presentation of the Prāsaṅgika-Mādhyamika <br>viewpoint</span><span>54</span> **<span> 4. The ''Prajñāpāramitā-sūtra'' and the TGS</span><span>56</span> **<span> 5. The TGS as Being Definitive</span><span>62</span> *<span> Chapter 3: Critiques of Absolutism, Skepticism, and Quietism</span><span>69</span> **<span> 1. Critique of Dol-po-pa's "Great Madhyamaka"</span><span>70</span> ***<span> Refuting Dol-po-pa's classification of the TGS</span><span>71</span> ***<span> Refuting Buddha-essence as a permanent entity</span><span>72</span> ***<span> Refuting Buddha-essence as being endowed with twofold purities</span><span>77</span> **<span> 2. Critique of the Mainstream Positions</span><span>81</span> ***<span> 'Gos-lo's position on Buddha-essence</span><span>84</span> ***<span> dGe-lugs-pa scholars' responses</span><span>89</span> **<span> 3. A Comparison with Critiques of "Original-enlightenment" theory in<br>Modern Chinese Buddhism</span><span>94</span> ***<span> A comparison of interpretations between 'Gos-lo and Zongmi</span><span>96</span> ***<span> Modern Chinese Critiques of "Original-enlightenment"</span><span>99</span> *<span> Chapter 4: Analysis of the Title and Textural Structure</span><span>110</span> **<span> 1. The Title "''Mahāyānottaratantra''" and Its Implication</span><span>110</span> **<span> 2. The Seven Vajra-Like Bases</span><span>114</span> ***<span> Two aspects</span><span>114</span> ***<span> rGyal-tshab's revision of rNgog-lo's "two wheels" theory </span><span>116</span> ***<span> The first three bases as ultimate fruition</span><span>118</span> ***<span> The last four bases as cause and conditions</span><span>119</span> **<span> 3. The Term "Ratnagotra" and the Textual Structure of RGV</span><span>121</span> **<span> 4. rGyal-tshab on the Fourfold ''Ratnagotra'' as Cause and Conditions</span><span>124</span> ***<span> The Element as a cause according to RGV I.16</span><span>124</span> ***<span> The last three bases as conditions</span><span>127</span> **<span> 5. On RGV 1.3</span><span>129</span> **<span> 6. Conclusion</span><span>132</span> *<span> Chapter 5: Reality, Element, and Natural Luminosity of the Mind</span><span>134</span> **<span> 1. The Buddha-essence and Its Various Names</span><span>134</span> **<span> 2. Reality</span><span>136</span> ***<span> As immutable ultimate reality</span><span>136</span> ***<span> The tainted reality</span><span>138</span> **<span> 3. ''Dharmatā''</span><span>140</span> **<span> 4. Natural Luminosity of the Mind</span><span>142</span> ***<span> Origin in Canonical sources</span><span>142</span> ***<span> rGyal-tshab's Exegesis on the Passages from the SMS and the DIR</span><span>144</span> ***<span> On the Passage from the GGS</span><span>147</span> **<span> 5. The Element</span><span>150</span> ***<span> According to the AAN</span><span>150</span> ***<span> According to the MAS</span><span>154</span> **<span> 6. The Buddha-essence and the Madhyamaka Philosophy</span><span>156</span> ***<span> The Equation of the Buddha-essence with emptiness</span><span>156</span> ***<span> Realizing the Buddha-essence as the Middle Way</span><span>159</span> **<span> 7. Conclusion</span><span>163</span> *<span> Chapter 6: Buddha-essence and Its Ten Aspects</span><span>164</span> **<span> 1. The Tripartite Buddha-essence</span><span>164</span> ***<span> The diffusion of the truth body</span><span>166</span> ***<span> The indivisible reality and generic potentials</span><span>168</span> **<span> 2. The Ten Points</span><span>170</span> ***<span> Nature</span><span>171</span> ***<span> Causes</span><span>173</span> ***<span> Fruition</span><span>178</span> ***<span> Actions</span><span>187</span> ***<span> Possession</span><span>192</span> ***<span> Engagement</span><span>194</span> ***<span> States</span><span>196</span> ***<span> All-pervadingness</span><span>198</span> ***<span> Unchangeability</span><span>200</span> ***<span> Indivisible excellences</span><span>205</span> *<span> Chapter 7: The Eighteen Similes in the ''Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra''</span><span>209</span> **<span> 1. rGyal-tshab's General Discussion</span><span>209</span> **<span> 2. The Nine Smiles for the Obscuring Defilements</span><span>215</span> ***<span> The lotus simile for latent state of attachment</span><span>215</span> ***<span> The bees simile for latent state of hatred</span><span>216</span> ***<span> The husks simile for latent state of misknowledge</span><span>216</span> ***<span> The filth simile for intense outburst of attachment, hatred, and<br>misknowledge</span><span>218</span> ***<span> The floor simile for ground of instincts for misknowledge</span><span>219</span> ***<span> The fruit simile for addictions eliminated by the Path of Insight</span><span>220</span> ***<span> The tattered rags simile for addictions eliminated by the Path of<br>Meditation</span><span>221</span> ***<span> The woman simile for addictions related to the Impure Stages</span><span>222</span> ***<span> The clay simile for addictions related to the Pure stages</span><span>223</span> ***<span> Discussion of the twofold obscuration</span><span>224</span> **<span> 3. The Nine Smiles for the Obscured Element</span><span>226</span> ***<span> The three similes for the Truth Body</span><span>228</span> ***<span> The gold simile for reality</span><span>230</span> ***<span> The five similes for the spiritual gene</span><span>231</span> *<span> Chapter 8: The Twofold Spiritual Gene</span><span>236</span> **<span> 1. Tsong-kha-pa's Analysis of the Vijñānavadin Standpoints</span><span>237</span> **<span> 2. A Mādhyamika Critique of the Vijñānavadin Standpoint</span><span>248</span> **<span> 3. The dGe-Iugs-pa Exegesis of the "Spiritual Gene" Section of the AA</span><span>250</span> **<span> 4. Natural Luminosity of the Mind under Debate</span><span>256</span> *<span> Conclusion</span><span>264</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>268</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>271</span> Part 2: Appendices *<span> 1. A Special Edition of Chapter One of the ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i ṭīkā''<br>(1a-72a and 64a-170b)</span><span>285</span> **<span> A. Topical Outline</span><span>285</span> **<span> B. Special Edition</span><span>306</span> *<span> 2. Translations</span><span>449</span> **<span> A. The ''Mahāyānottaratantrarvyākhyā'' (Chapter One: 1.1-7.5 and 21.1-78.22)</span><span>449</span> **<span> B. The ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i ṭīkā'' (Chapter One: 1a-72a and<br>64a-170b)</span><span>525</span>   
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ii</span> *<span> I Introduction</span><span>1</span> *<span> II. The Structure and Meaning of the Two Truths</span><span>14</span> **<span> A. The Theoretical Structure</span><span>14</span> ***<span> 1. Principle and Teaching: The Two Truths as Teachings</span><span>15</span> ***<span> 2. The Context of Truth</span><span>26</span> ***<span> 3. The Initial Thesis and the Four Levels of Two Truths</span><span>33</span> **<span> B. The Identity of Emptiness and Existence: Terms and Concepts</span><span>53</span> ***<span> 1. The Identity of the Two Truths</span><span>54</span> ***<span> 2. The Four Categories of Interpretation</span><span>62</span> ***<span> 3. Provisional and Middle: Interdependency, Principle and Teaching</span><span>68</span> **<span> C. The Essence and Function of the Two Truths</span><span>85</span> ***<span> 1. The Liang Theories</span><span>94</span> ***<span> 2. The Three Kinds of Middle Path</span><span>101</span> *<span> III. The Practice of Insight into the Two Truths</span><span>113</span> **<span> A. Introduction</span><span>113</span> ***<span> 1. Theory and Practice</span><span>121</span> ***<span> 2. ''Prajñā'' and ''Upāya''</span><span>129</span> **<span> B. The Dharmas as Objects-of-Cognition</span><span>137</span> ***<span> 1. True Dharma</span><span>138</span> ***<span> 2. The True Mark of the Dharmas and the True Dharma</span><span>145</span> ***<span> 3. The Non-duality of Subject and Object, Cause and Result</span><span>154</span> **<span> C. The Concurrent Insight of the Two Truths and the Two Knowledges</span><span>165</span> *<span> IV. The Theory and the Practice of the Buddha-nature</span><span>186</span> **<span> A. Introduction: Chi-tsang and the ''Nirvāṇa-sūtra''</span><span>186</span> **<span> B. The Buddha-nature of the Middle Path</span><span>200</span> ***<span> 1. The Buddha-nature Theories of the North-South Period</span><span>201</span> ***<span> 2. The Buddha-nature of Neither Cause nor Result</span><span>209</span> ***<span> 3. The Buddha-nature of Non-sentient Objects</span><span>217</span> **<span> C. The Five Kinds of Buddha-nature</span><span>231</span> ***<span> 1. Textual and Historical Development</span><span>231</span> ***<span> 2. The Ekayāna and the Buddha-nature</span><span>244</span> ***<span> 3. The Two Knowledges and the Perception of the Buddha-nature</span><span>255</span> *<span> Appendix I: The Meaning of the Two Truths</span><span>269</span> *<span> Appendix II: The Meaning of Buddha-nature</span><span>357</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>419</span> *<span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>443</span>   
*<span> Preface</span><span>1</span> *<span> Editorial Note</span><span>3</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>5</span> <center> I. TEXTUAL RESEARCH</center> *<span> A Revised Edition of the ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'', "Kṣanikaparivarta"</span><span>9</span> <center>II. THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRA'' AND OTHER TEXTS</center> *<span> An Analysis of the ''Laṅkāvatāra'': In Search of Its Original Form</span><span>101</span> *<span> The Concept of ''Manas'' in the ''Laṅkāvatāra''</span><span>118</span> *<span> Sources of the ''Laṅkāvatāra'' and Its Position in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>128</span> *<span> The Structure of the ''Anuttarāśrayasūtra'' (''Wu-shang-i ching'')</span><span>156</span> *<span> Remarks on the Sanskrit Fragments of the ''Abhidharmadharmaskandhapādaśāstra''</span><span>165</span> *<span> On the ''Myaṅ 'das''</span><span>175</span> *<span> Textual Problems of the ''Mahāyānaśraddhotpāda''</span><span>184</span> <center>III. TECHNICAL TERMS AND BASIC CONCEPTS OF THE</center> <center>''TATHĀGATAGARBHA'' THEORY</center> *<span> The "Tathāgatôtpattisaṃbhava-nirdeśa" of the ''Avataṃsaka'' and the ''Ratnagotra-<br>   vibhāga'': With Special Reference to the Term ''Tathāgata-gotra-saṃbhava''</span><span>201</span> *<span> The Description of Ultimate Reality by Means of Six Categories in Mahāyāna<br>   Buddhism</span><span>208</span> *<span> A Comment on the Term ''Ārambaṇa'' in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'', 1.9</span><span>219</span> *<span> ''Dharmatā'', ''Dharmadhātu'', ''Dharmakāya'' and ''Buddhadhātu'': The Structure of the<br>   Ultimate Value in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>228</span> *<span> On ''Upādāna''/''Upādāyaprajñapti''</span><span>246</span> *<span> On ''Upādāna'' (II): ''Ālayavijñāna'' and Its Two Kinds of ''Upādāna''</span><span>265</span> *<span> On ''Gotrabhū''</span><span>280</span> <center>IV. ''TATHĀGATAGARBHA'' DOCTRINE IN GENERAL</center> *<span> The Buddhist Concept of the Spiritual Family</span><span>293</span> *<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory in the ''Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra''</span><span>299</span> *<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and the Community of Bodhisattvas</span><span>311</span> *<span> Ethische Implikationen der ''Tathāgatagarbha''-Lehre</span><span>324</span> *<span> Thoughts on ''Dhātu-vāda'' and Recent Trends in Buddhist Studies</span><span>343</span> *<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory Reconsidered: Reflections on Some Recent Issues in<br>   Japanese Buddhist Studies</span><span>352</span> <center>V. JAPANESE AND EAST ASIAN BUDDHISM</center> *<span> A History of East Asian Buddhist Thought: The Formation of a Sphere of<br>   Chinese-Canon-Based Buddhism</span><span>369</span> *<span> "Japanization" of Buddhism</span><span>417</span> *<span> The Ekayāna (One Vehicle) Doctrine as the Basis of Japanese Buddhism</span><span>432</span> *<span> Kōbō Daishi (Kūkai) and ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Thought</span><span>451</span> *<span> ''Saṃsāra eva nirvāṇam''</span><span>480</span> *<span> "Non-Sentient Beings Preaching the Dharma": Buddhist Views on the<br>   Environment</span><span>499</span> *<span> Some Problems in the Tibetan Translations from Chinese Materials</span><span>524</span> <center>VI. BUDDHIST STUDIES IN JAPAN</center> *<span> One Hundred Years of Buddhist Studies in Japan</span><span>539</span> <center>VII. BOOK REVIEWS</center> *<span> John M. Koller, ''Oriental Philosophies''</span><span>565</span> *<span> David Seyfort Ruegg, ''La théorie du tathāgatagarbha et du gotra''</span><span>571</span> *<span> Alex & Hideko Wayman, ''The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā''</span><span>586</span> *<span> Hajime Nakamura, ''Indian Buddhism''</span><span>591</span> *<span> Index</span><span> 595</span>   
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</span><span>ix</span> *<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>xi</span> *<span> CONVENTIONS OF USAGE</span><span>xii</span> *<span> Introduction: Prolegomenon to the Study of Medieval Chinese<br>    Buddhist Literature</span><span>1</span><br><br> *''Part 1: The Historical and Cosmological Background'' *<span> 1. The Date and Provenance of the Treasure Store Treatise</span><span>31</span> *<span> 2. Chinese Buddhism and the Cosmology of Sympathetic Resonance</span><span>77</span><br><br> *<span> ''Part 2: Annotated Translation of the'' Treasure Store Treatise<br>    Introduction to the Translation</span><span>137</span> *<span> 3. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter One<br>    The Broad Illumination of Emptiness and Being</span><span>143</span> *<span> 4. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter Two<br>    The Essential Purity of Transcendence and Subtlety</span><span>193</span> *<span> 5. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter Three<br>    The Empty Mystery of the Point of Genesis</span><span>228</span><br><br> *<span> Appendix 1: On Esoteric Buddhism in China</span><span>263</span> *<span> Appendix 2: Scriptural Quotations in the ''Treasure Store Treatise''</span><span>279</span> *<span> NOTES</span><span>287</span> *<span> WORKS CITED</span><span>345</span> *<span> INDEX</span><span>379</span>   +
* '''''Chapter 1''''' * <span> '''Two Approaches to Ultimate Realization'''</span><span>'''1'''</span> <center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF THE PATHS'''</center> * '''''Chapter 2''''' * <span> '''The Presentation of the Paths''' </span><span>'''3'''</span> ** <span> The Meaning of Path </span><span>3</span> *** <span> ''The Presentation of Grounds and Paths in the Causal Vehicle of Characteristics''</span><span>4</span> *** <span> ''1. The presentation of the natures of the paths''</span><span>5</span> * '''''Chapter 3''''' * <span> '''The Entity of Path''' </span><span>'''7'''</span> *** <span> ''1.1. The entity of path''</span><span>7</span> ** <span> The Definition of Path</span><span>8</span> ** <span> The First Incorrect Definition</span><span>8</span> ** <span> The Second Incorrect Definition</span><span>9</span> ** <span> The Third Incorrect Definition</span><span>10</span> ** <span> Summary of the Three Incorrect Definitions</span><span>10</span> * '''''Chapter 4''''' * <span> '''The Classificational Enumerations of the Paths'''</span><span>'''11'''</span> *** <span> ''1.2. The classificational enumerations''</span><span>11</span> ** <span> Five Paths, One Practice</span><span>12</span> * '''''Chapter 5''''' * <span> '''The Semantic Explanation of Path'''</span><span>'''15'''</span> *** <span> 1.3. ''The semantic explanation of the meaning of the term''</span><span>15</span> * '''''Chapter 6''''' * <span> '''Nominal and Actual Paths'''</span><span>'''17'''</span> *** <span> ''1.4. The difference between actual and nominal paths''</span><span>17</span> * '''''Chapter 7''''' * <span> '''The Five Paths''' </span><span>'''19'''</span> *** <span> ''1.5. The detailed explanations of each one of the five paths''</span><span>19</span> * '''''Chapter 8''''' * <span> '''The Path of Accumulation'''</span><span>'''21'''</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1. The path of accumulation''</span><span>21</span> * <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>21</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>21</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>22</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>22</span> * <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>23</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>23</span> ** <span> The Threefold Classification of Lesser, Medium, and Greater</span><span>23</span> *** <span> The Four Intense Applications of Mindfulness</span><span>24</span> *** <span> The Four Perfect Relinquishments</span><span>24</span> *** <span> The Four Limbs of Miraculous Powers</span><span>25</span> *** <span> Two Reasons for the Threefold Classification</span><span>25</span> ** <span> The Alternative Fourfold Classification</span><span>26</span> * <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>27</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.4 Determining its nature''</span><span>27</span> ** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>27</span> ** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>28</span> ** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>28</span> * <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>29</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>29</span> *<span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>31</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>31</span> * <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>33</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.7. Its function''</span><span>33</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>35</span> *** <span> ''1.5.1.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>35</span> * '''''Chapter 9''''' * <span> '''The Path of Junction'''</span><span>37</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2. The path of junction''</span><span>37</span> * <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>37</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>37</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>40</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>40</span> * <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>40</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>40</span> ** <span> The Classification Through Nature</span><span>41</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of Accumulation and Junction</span><span>41</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of Lesser and Greater</span><span>42</span> ** <span> The Classification by Way of Realization</span><span>43</span> *** <span> The Phase of Heat </span><span>45</span> *** <span> The Phase of Peak </span><span>46</span> *** <span> The Phase of Endurance </span><span>49</span> *** <span> The Phase of Supreme Dharma</span><span>50</span> * <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>52</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>52</span> ** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>52</span> ** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>53</span> ** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>56</span> * <span> THE FEATURE OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF JUNCTION</span><span>58</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>58</span> ** <span> What Is Relinquished </span><span>59</span> ** <span> What Is Realized </span><span>60</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>63</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>63</span> * <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>64</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.7. Its function''</span><span>64</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>65</span> *** <span> ''1.5.2.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>65</span> * '''''Chapter 10''''' * <span> '''The Path of Seeing''' </span><span>'''67'''</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3. The path of seeing''</span><span>67</span> * <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>67</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>67</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>69</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>69</span> * <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>70</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>70</span> * <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>71</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>71</span> ** <span> The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Through Seeing Are Relinquished</span><span>72</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1. The presentation of the way in which the factors to be relinquished<br>through seeing are relinquished''</span><span>72</span> ** <span> The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>72</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.1. The definition of the factors to be relinquished''</span><span>72</span> ** <span> The Extensive Classification of the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>73</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2. The extensive classification of the factors to be relinquished''</span><span>73</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2.1. The classification of their entity''</span><span>74</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2.2. The classification of the way of relinquishment''</span><span>76</span> ** <span> The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Are Relinquished</span><span>78</span> * <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.3. The way in which the factors to be relinquished are relinquished''</span><span>78</span> ** <span> The Way in Which the Path of Seeing Arises</span><span>82</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2. The presentation of the way in which the path of seeing arises''</span><span>82</span> ** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>82</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.1. The (psychophysical) supports in which it arises''</span><span>82</span> ** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>83</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.2. The grounds on which it relies''</span><span>83</span> ** <span> The Ways of Realization </span><span>85</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.3. The ways of realization''</span><span>85</span> ** <span> From How Many Moments It Arises</span><span>87</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4. (The issue) from how many moments it arises''</span><span>87</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4.1. The system of the common vehicle''</span><span>87</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4.2. The uncommon system''</span><span>91</span> * <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF SEEING</span><span>93</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>93</span> ** <span> What Is Relinquished </span><span>93</span> ** <span> What Is Realized </span><span>94</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>96</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>96</span> * <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>99</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.7. Its function''</span><span>99</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>99</span> *** <span> ''1.5.3.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>99</span> * '''''Chapter 11''''' * <span> '''The Path of Meditation'''</span><span>'''103'''</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4. The path of meditation''</span><span>103</span> * <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>103</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>103</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>104</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>104</span> * <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>108</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>108</span> ** <span> The Mundane Path of Meditation</span><span>109</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.3.1. The mundane path of meditation''</span><span>109</span> ** <span> The Supramundane Path of Meditation</span><span>109</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.3.2. The supramundane path of meditation''</span><span>109</span> ** <span> Classification Through Its Psychophysical Supports</span><span>110</span> ** <span> Classification Through the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>111</span> ** <span> Classification Through the Paths</span><span>111</span> ** <span> Classification Through Its Entity</span><span>112</span> ** <span> Classification Through Familiarization</span><span>112</span> * <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>113</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>113</span> ** <span> The Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation</span><span>113</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.4.1. The way in which the factors to be relinquished through meditation are relinquished''</span><span>113</span> *** <span> The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation</span><span>114</span> *** <span> Their Extensive Classification</span><span>116</span> *** <span> The Way in Which They Are Relinquished Through the Remedies</span><span>117</span> ** <span> The Arising of the Path of Meditation</span><span>118</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.4.2. The way in which the path of meditation arises''</span><span>118</span> *** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>118</span> *** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>119</span> *** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>120</span> * <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION ON THE<br>PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>121</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>121</span> ** <span> What is Relinquished </span><span>122</span> ** <span> What is Realized </span><span>122</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>124</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>124</span> * <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>125</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.7. Its function''</span><span>125</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>126</span> *** <span> ''1.5.4.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>126</span> * '''''Chapter 12''''' * <span> '''The Path of Completion''' </span><span>'''129'''</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5. The path of completion''</span><span>129</span> * <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>129</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>129</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>131</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>131</span> * <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>131</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>131</span> ** <span> The Classification of the Three Vehicles</span><span>132</span> ** <span> The Classification of the Two Paths</span><span>132</span> ** <span> The Classification of the Three Grounds</span><span>132</span> ** <span> Two Other Distinctive Features</span><span>132</span> ** <span> The Ten Dharmas of No More Learning</span><span>134</span> ** <span> The Five Uncontaminated Aggregates</span><span>135</span> * <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>136</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>136</span> ** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises & The Grounds It Relies on</span><span>136</span> ** <span> The Objects It Focuses on </span><span>137</span> * <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE<br>PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>138</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>138</span> ** <span> What is Relinquished </span><span>139</span> ** <span> What is Realized </span><span>139</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>140</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>140</span> * <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>141</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.7. Its function''</span><span>141</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>141</span> *** <span> ''1.5.5.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>141</span> <center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF GROUNDS'''</center> * '''''Chapter 13''''' * <span> '''The Presentation of Grounds'''</span><span>'''143'''</span> * '''''Chapter 14''''' * <span> '''The Two Grounds'''</span><span>'''149'''</span> *** <span> ''2. Teaching the presentation of the grounds''</span><span>149</span> *** <span> ''2.1. The presentation as two grounds''</span><span>149</span> *** <span> ''2.1.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>149</span> * <span> THE GROUNDS FREE FROM ATTACHMENT</span><span>150</span> *** <span> ''2.1.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>150</span> *** <span> ''2.1.2.1. The grounds free from attachment''</span><span>150</span> ** <span> The Ground of Fully Seeing What is White</span><span>151</span> ** <span> The Ground of Disposition </span><span>152</span> ** <span> The Eighth Ground </span><span>152</span> ** <span> The Ground of Seeing </span><span>153</span> ** <span> The Ground of Diminishment </span><span>153</span> ** <span> The Ground of Freedom From Desire</span><span>153</span> ** <span> The Ground of Realizing Completion</span><span>153</span> ** <span> The Ground of Hearers</span><span>154</span> ** <span> The Ground of Solitary Realizers</span><span>155</span> * <span> THE BUDDHA GROUNDS </span><span>156</span> *** <span> ''2.1.2.2. The Buddha grounds''</span><span>156</span> * <span> THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TWO</span><span>157</span> *** <span> ''2.2. Teaching the differences between these two''</span><span>157</span> ** <span> The Difference of Miraculous Powers</span><span>158</span> ** <span> The Difference of Supernatural Knowledges</span><span>158</span> ** <span> The Difference of Realization </span><span>158</span> ** <span> The Difference of Meditation </span><span>159</span> ** <span> The Difference of Seeing </span><span>159</span> ** <span> The Difference of Language, Teaching the Dharma, and Promoting Welfare</span><span>161</span> ** <span> The Difference of Nirvāṇa </span><span>162</span> * '''''Chapter 15''''' * <span> '''The Detailed Explanation of the Buddha Grounds'''</span><span>'''165'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3. The detailed explanation of the Buddha grounds''</span><span>165</span> * <span> THE ENTITY OF GROUND </span><span>165</span> *** <span> ''2.3.1. The entity of ground''</span><span>165</span> * <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>166</span> *** <span> ''2.3.2. The illustration'' </span><span>166</span> * <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>166</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3. The semantic explanation''</span><span>166</span> * <span> THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>168</span> *** <span> ''2.3.4. The classifications''</span><span>168</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of Beings and Noble Ones</span><span>168</span> *** <span> The Grounds of Ordinary Worldly Beings</span><span>169</span> *** <span> The Supramundane Grounds</span><span>170</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Attainment</span><span>170</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Accomplishment</span><span>172</span> ** <span> The Classification in Terms of Pride</span><span>173</span> * '''''Chapter 16''''' * <span> '''The Special Explanation of the Buddha Grounds'''</span><span>'''175'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5. The special explanation of the grounds of the uncommon great vehicle''</span><span>175</span> * <span> THE ENTITIES & SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE NAMES</span><span>175</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.1. The entities and semantic explanations of the names''</span><span>175</span> * <span> THE THOROUGH PURIFICATIONS</span><span>177</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.2. The thorough purifications and where one is transferred to''</span><span>177</span> * <span> THE PRACTICES & PERSONS ON THE TEN BHŪMIS</span><span>179</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.3. The practices and persons''</span><span>179</span> ** <span> The Ten Pāramitā Practices </span><span>181</span> ** <span> Persons With Pure View </span><span>181</span> * <span> THE THREE TRAININGS & THE FIVE AGGREGATES</span><span>184</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.4. The three trainings and the aggregates''</span><span>184</span> ** <span> The Three Trainings </span><span>184</span> ** <span> The Five Pure Aggregates </span><span>187</span> * <span> PURITY, RELINQUISHMENT, & REALIZATION</span><span>188</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.5. Complete purities, relinquishments, and realizations''</span><span>188</span> ** <span> The Progressive Purification of the Ten Bhūmis</span><span>188</span> ** <span> The Factors to be Relinquished on Paths of Seeing and Meditation</span><span>189</span> ** <span> The Realization of the Ten Bhūmis</span><span>191</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE TEN BHUMIS</span><span>195</span> *** <span> ''2.3.5.6. The differences in terms of qualities and arising''</span><span>195</span> * <span> HOW BODHISATTVAS ARE REBORN</span><span>198</span> ** <span> Rebirth Through Influence </span><span>198</span> ** <span> Rebirth Through Complete Maturation</span><span>200</span> * '''''Chapter 17''''' * <span> '''Why the Grounds Are Ten'''</span><span>'''201'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.6. The reason why the number of the grounds is definitely ten''</span><span>201</span> <center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF RESULTS'''</center> * '''''Chapter 18''''' * <span> '''The Presentation of Results'''</span><span>'''205'''</span> *** <span> Determining the results of the vehicle of characteristics</span><span>205</span> * '''''Chapter 19''''' * <span> '''The Three Nirvāṇas'''</span><span>'''207'''</span> *** <span> ''1. The general explanation of nirvāṇa, the result of the three vehicles''</span><span>207</span> ** <span> Natural Nirvāṇa </span><span>208</span> ** <span> The Nirvāṇa of Cessation </span><span>209</span> *** <span> The Nominal Nirvāṇa of Cessation</span><span>210</span> *** <span> The Actual Nirvāṇa of Cessation</span><span>210</span> ** <span> Partially Incomplete & Complete Actual Cessations</span><span>211</span> ** <span> Nonabiding Nirvāṇa </span><span>212</span> * '''''Chapter 20''''' * <span> '''The Special Explanation of Buddhahood'''</span><span>'''213'''</span> *** <span> ''2. The special explanation of Buddhahood, the result of the great vehicle''</span><span>213</span> *** <span> ''2.1. The nature of Buddhahood''</span><span>213</span> ** <span> The Terminological Meaning of Buddhahood</span><span>215</span> *** <span> ''2.2. The terminological meaning of this name''</span><span>215</span> * '''''Chapter 21''''' * <span> '''The Three Kāyas'''</span><span>'''217'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3. The way in which the activity of enlightened bodies is accomplished''</span><span>217</span> ** <span> The Causes of the Three Kāyas</span><span>217</span> *** <span> ''2.3.1. The teaching about the connection in terms of what is accomplished from<br>which causes''</span><span>217</span> ** <span> The Accumulations of Merit & Wisdom</span><span>218</span> ** <span> The Great Akaniṣhṭha</span><span>221</span> *** <span> ''2.3.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of how this is accomplished in<br>certain places''</span><span>221</span> ** <span> How the Form Kāyas Manifest </span><span>223</span> ** <span> Why the Kāyas Are Three </span><span>223</span> ** <span> The Detailed Explanation of the Three Kāyas</span><span>225</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3. The detailed explanation of the result that is accomplished''</span><span>225</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1. The explanation of the support, the enlightened bodies''</span><span>225</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1. The definitions and other (related topics)''</span><span>225</span> * '''''Chapter 22''''' * <span> '''The Dharmakāya'''</span><span>'''227'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1. The Dharma Body''</span><span>227</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>227</span> ** <span> The Eight Defining Characteristics</span><span>229</span> ** <span> The Twofold Classification </span><span>230</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1.2. Its classification as different enlightened bodies''</span><span>230</span> * '''''Chapter 23''''' * <span> '''The Sambhogakāya'''</span><span>'''231'''</span> ** <span> The Meaning of Sambhogakāya</span><span>231</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2. The Enjoyment Body''</span><span>231</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>231</span> ** <span> The Definition of Sambhogakāya</span><span>232</span> ** <span> The Eight Characteristics & Five Certainties</span><span>233</span> ** <span> Classifications of Sambhogakāya</span><span>234</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2.2. The classification''</span><span>234</span> ** <span> How Sambhogakāyas Appear </span><span>235</span> * '''''Chapter 24''''' * <span> '''The Nirmāṇakāya''' </span><span>'''239'''</span> ** <span> The Meaning & Definition of Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>239</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3. The Emanation Body''</span><span>239</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>239</span> ** <span> The Eight Characteristics of a Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>240</span> ** <span> Classifications of Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>242</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3.2. The classification''</span><span>242</span> * '''''Chapter 25''''' * <span> '''The Intention of the Uttaratantra'''</span><span>'''245'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.4. Teaching the intention of The Sublime Continuum as a<br>supplementary topic''</span><span>245</span> ** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Purity</span><span>245</span> ** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Identity</span><span>246</span> ** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Bliss</span><span>247</span> ** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Permanence</span><span>247</span> ** <span> The Enlightened Body of a Buddha</span><span>248</span> ** <span> The Five Defining Characteristics</span><span>248</span> * '''''Chapter 26''''' * <span> '''The Distinctive Features of the Three Kāyas'''</span><span>'''251'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of the three enlightened bodies''</span><span>251</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.1. The distinctive feature of equality''</span><span>251</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.2. The distinctive feature of permanence''</span><span>252</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.3. The distinctive feature of appearance''</span><span>252</span> * '''''Chapter 27''''' * <span> '''The Five Wisdoms'''</span><span>'''255'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2. The explanation of the supported, the wisdoms''</span><span>255</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.1. The detailed classification''</span><span>255</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2. The meanings of the terms and their entities''</span><span>256</span> ** <span> Dharmadhātu Wisdom </span><span>256</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.1. The explanation of the meaning of the expanse of dharmas''</span><span>256</span> ** <span> Mirrorlike Wisdom </span><span>258</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.2. The explanation of the meaning of mirrorlike''</span><span>258</span> ** <span> The Wisdom of Equality </span><span>259</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.3. The explanation of the meaning of equality''</span><span>259</span> ** <span> Discriminating Wisdom </span><span>260</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.4. The explanation of the meaning of all-discriminating''</span><span>260</span> ** <span> All-Accomplishing Wisdom </span><span>261</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.5. The explanation of the meaning of all-accomplishing''</span><span>261</span> ** <span> The Causes of the Five Wisdoms</span><span>262</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.3. The causes through which they are accomplished''</span><span>262</span> ** <span> The Five Wisdoms & the Eight Consciousnesses</span><span>263</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.4. The ways of changing state''</span><span>263</span> ** <span> The Five Wisdoms & the Three Kāyas</span><span>265</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.2.5. The way in which they are related to the enlightened bodies together<br>with their way of knowing'' </span><span>265</span> ** <span> The Way in Which Buddhas Know</span><span>265</span> * '''''Chapter 28''''' * <span> '''The Qualities of Freedom & Maturation'''</span><span>'''269'''</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3. The explanation of the qualities of freedom and complete maturation''</span><span>269</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>269</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>270</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF FREEDOM</span><span>270</span> * <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1. The qualities of freedom''</span><span>270</span> ** <span> The Thirty-Two Qualities </span><span>271</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1. The thirty-two (qualities) as per the intention of The Sublime<br>Continuum''</span><span>271</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.1. Connection through a brief introduction''</span><span>271</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2. The detailed commentary on their meaning''</span><span>271</span> ** <span> The Ten Powers </span><span>271</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.1. The ten powers''</span><span>271</span> ** <span> The Four Fearlessnesses </span><span>273</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.2. The four fearlessnesses''</span><span>273</span> * <span> The Eighteen Unique Qualities</span><span>274</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.3. The eighteen unique qualities''</span><span>274</span> ** <span> The Twenty-One Uncontaminated Qualities</span><span>278</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.2.2. The twenty-one uncontaminated groups (of qualities) as per the<br>intention of The Ornament of Clear Realization''</span><span>278</span> * <span> THE QUALITIES OF COMPLETE MATURATION</span><span>283</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2. The explanation of the qualities of complete maturation''</span><span>283</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>283</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>283</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.4. The explanation of the enlightened activity that is performed''</span><span>289</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.4.1. The detailed explanation of the seven points of activity''</span><span>290</span> *** <span> ''2.3.3.4.2. Their summary in two points''</span><span>291</span> * <span> '''Chart I: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation<br>according to the great vehicle'''</span><span>293</span> * <span> '''Chart II: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation<br>according to the vehicle of the hearers'''</span><span>295</span>   
*<span> PREFACE</span><span>VII</span> *<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span> *<span> CHAPTER 1. RNGOG LO-TSĀ-BA BLO-LDAN SHES-RAB AND THE <br>RNGOG-LUGS OF EPISTEMOLOGY</span><span>29</span> *<span> CHAPTER 2. PHYA-PA CHOS-KYI SENG.-GE AND THE TSHAD-MA <br>BSDUS-PA YID-KYI MUN-SEL</span><span>59</span> *<span> CHAPTER 3. SA-SKYA PANDXTA KUN-DGA' RGYAL-MTSHAN AND THE TSHAD MA RIGS-PA'I-GTER</span><span>97</span> *<span> CHAPTER 4. A TOPICAL OUTLINE OF GO-RAM-PA'S <br>PRAMĀNAVĀRTTIKA COMMENTARY THE "RADIANT LIGHT OF SAMANTABHADRA"</span><span>116</span> *<span> BIBLIOGRAPHIES</span><span>241</span> *<span> NOTES</span><span>257</span> *<span> INDICES</span><span>317</span> *<span> ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS</span><span>330</span>   +
** <span> Preface by Kyabje Trulshik Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span> ** <span> Translator's Note</span><span>xi</span> ** <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>xv</span> * <span> 1 The Buddhadharma</span><span>1</span> * <span> 2 The Essence of the Path</span><span>27</span> * <span> 3 The Long Oral Lineage of the Nyingmapas</span><span>31</span> * <span> 4 Practicing the Teachings without Sectarian Bias</span><span>47</span> * <span> 5 An Introduction to the Bardo</span><span>59</span> * <span> 6 Magical Nectar</span><span>77</span> * <span> 7 Heart Jewel of the Fortunate</span><span>83</span> * <span> 8 An Aspiration to the Great Perfection</span><span>89</span> * <span> 9 The Life Story of Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>91</span> ** <span> Glossary</span><span>95</span> ** <span> Notes</span><span>107</span>   +
*<span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>vii</span> *<span> ''List of Abbreviations''</span><span>ix</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> *<span> 1 Buddhism, Criticism, and Postwar Japan</span><span>17</span> *<span> 2 The Roots of "Topicalism"</span><span>51</span> *<span> 3 Problems in Modern Zen Thought</span><span>83</span> *<span> 4 Criticism as Anamnesis</span><span>125</span> *<span> 5 Radical Contingency and Compassion</span><span>155</span> *<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>175</span> *<span> ''Index''</span><span>197</span>   +
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>vii</span> *<span> ''Abbreviations and Conventions''</span><span>xi</span> <center>'''Part 1: Study'''</center> *<span> I Contemplative Practice in the ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra''</span><span>3</span> *<span> II The Writing of the ''Exposition''</span><span>17</span> *<span> III The ''Exposition'' as Commentary</span><span>28</span> <center>'''Part 2: Wŏnhyos ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra:'''</center> <center>''' ''An Annotated Translation'' '''</center> *<span> '''ROLL ONE'''</span><span>47</span> *<span> Part One: A Statement of Its Main Idea</span><span>47</span> *<span> Part Two: An Analysis of the Themes of the Sūtra</span><span>48</span> *<span> Part Three: An Explication of the Title</span><span>50</span> *<span> Part Four: An Exegesis of the Text</span><span>57</span> **<span> Section One: Prologue</span><span>57</span> **<span> Section Two: Main Body</span><span>62</span> ***<span> First Division of Contemplation Practice: Rejecting All Characteristics of Sense-Objects to Reveal the Signless Contemplation</span><span>65</span> *<span> '''ROLL TWO'''</span><span>116</span> ***<span> Second Division of Contemplation Practice: Extinguishing the Mind <br>Subject to Production in Order to Explain the Practice of Nonproduction</span><span>116</span> ***<span> Third Division of Contemplation Practice: The Inspiration of Original Enlightenment</span><span>137</span> ***<span> Fourth Division of Contemplation Practice: Abandoning the Spurious to Access Reality</span><span>166</span> *<span> '''ROLL THREE'''</span><span>211</span> ***<span> Fifth Division of Contemplation Practice: Sanctified Practices Emerge<br>from the Voidness of the True Nature</span><span>211</span> ***<span> Sixth Division of Contemplation Practice: Immeasurable Dharmas<br>Access the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>243</span> **<span> Section Three (A): Dhāraṇī (Codes)</span><span>271</span> **<span> Section Three (B): Dissemination</span><span>271</span> *<span> ''Appendix'': A Schematic Outline of Wŏnhyo's ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra''</span><span>309</span> *<span> ''Notes''</span><span>335</span> *<span> ''Glossary of Sinitic Logographs''</span><span>377</span> *<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>385</span> *<span> ''Index''</span><span>411</span>   
**<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span> **<span> Introduction ''Patterns of Influence in East Asian Buddhism: The Korean Case''<br>Robert E. Buswell, Jr.</span><span>1</span><br><br> *<span> CHAPTER 1 ''Paekche and the Incipiency of Buddhism in Japan''<br>                       Jonathan W. Best</span><span>15</span> *<span> CHAPTER 2 ''Kyǒnghǔng in Shinran's Pure Land Thought''<br>                       Hee-Sung Keel</span><span>43</span> *<span> CHAPTER 3 ''Korea as a Source for the Regeneration of Chinese Buddhism:<br>                       The Evidence of Ch'an and Son Literature''<br>                       John Jorgensen</span><span>73</span> *<span> CHAPTER 4 ''Ch'an Master Musang: A Korean Monk in East Asian Context''<br>                       Bernard Faure</span><span>153</span> *<span> CHAPTER 5 ''Wǒnch'ǔk's Place in the East Asian Buddhist Tradition''<br>                       Eunsu Cho</span><span>173</span> *<span> CHAPTER 6 ''The Korean Impact on T'ien-t'ai Buddhism in China:<br>                        A Historical Analysis''<br>                       Chi-wah Chan</span><span>217</span> *<span> CHAPTER 7 ''Ǔich'ǒn's Pilgrimage and the Rising Prominence of the Korean<br>                       Monastery in Hang-chou during the Sung and Yuan Periods''<br>                       Chi-chiang Huang</span><span>242</span><br><br> **<span> About the Contributors</span><span>277</span> **<span> Index</span><span>279</span>   
D
Table of Contents Unavailable  +
Table of Contents Unavailable  +
* '''Inhalt''' * <span> '''Vorwort'''</span><span>8</span> * '''1 Einleitung''' * <span> 1.1 Zielsetzung</span><span>11</span> * <span> 1.2 Methode und Abgrenzung des Themas</span><span>13</span> * 1.3 ’Jam mgon Kong sprul Blo gros mtha’ yas, sein Leben und Wirken * <span> 1.3.1 Kong sprul und die ''ris med'' Bewegung</span><span>16</span> * <span> 1.3.2 Publikationen zu Kong sprul</span><span>24</span> * <span> 1.3.3 Wesentliche Ereignisse im Leben von Kong sprul, eine Chronologie</span><span>32</span> * <span> 1.3.4 Kong spruls literarisches Lebenswerk, die ''mDzod Inga'' („Fünf Schätze“)</span><span>47</span> * 1.4 Das Thema der Buddha-Natur * <span> 1.4.1 Mahāyāna-Schriften zur Buddha-Natur und ihre Datierung</span><span>52</span> * <span> 1.4.2 Einschlägige Mahāyāna-Sūtren aus Sicht der tibetischen Exegese</span><span>55</span> *<span> 1.4.3 Indische Lehrwerke zur positiven Beschreibung der absoluten<br>        Wirklichkeit</span><span>59</span> * <span> 1.4.4 Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten zur Buddha-Natur bzw. damit verwandten<br>        Themen</span><span>64</span> * '''2 Der ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in Tibet''' * <span> 2.1 Der ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in der tibetischen Exegese</span><span>74</span> * 2.2 Für die Karma bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition wesentliche ''Ratnagotravibhāga''<br>     Überlieferungen * <span> 2.2.1 Maitrīpas Lehrtradition</span><span>76</span> * <span> 2.2.2 Sajjanas tibetische Schüler</span><span>77</span> * <span> 2.3 Stellung des ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in den ''mahāmudrā''-Lehren der Karma<br>     bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition</span><span>84</span> * '''3 ''gzhan stong'' in Tibet''' * <span> 3.1 ''gzhan stong'', Allgemeines</span><span>94</span> * <span> 3.2 Grundlagen für die tibetische ''gzhan stong''-Exegese in indischen Lehrwerken</span><span>99</span> * <span> 3.3 ''gzhan stong''-Mādhyamikas in Tibet bzw. Lehrer, in deren Wirken sich<br>     Elemente der ''gzhan stong''-Lehre finden</span><span>104</span> * 3.4 ''gzhan stong''-Proponenten in der Darstellung von Kong spruls ''gZhan stong<br>     lta khrid'', Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede * <span> 3.4.1 Allgemeine Bemerkungen</span><span>113</span> * 3.4.2 Von Kong sprul als Wegbereiter der ''gzhan stong''-Lehren bezeichnete<br>        tibetische Lehrer * <span> 3.4.2.1 Karma pa Rang byung rdo rje</span><span>116</span> * <span> 3.4.2.2 Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan</span><span>132</span> * <span> 3.4.2.3 Klong chen pa Dri med ’od zer</span><span>138</span> * <span> 3.4.3 Weitere von Kong sprul als ''gzhan stong''-Proponenten bezeichnete Lehrer</span><span>145</span> * <span> 3.4.3.1 Karma pa Chos grags rgya mtsho</span><span>145</span> * <span> 3.4.3.2 Shākya mchog ldan</span><span>150</span> * <span> 3.4.3.3 Tāranātha Kun dga’ snying po</span><span>155</span> * <span> 3.4.3.4 Si tu Chos kyi ’byung gnas</span><span>160</span> * <span> 3.5 Kong spruls Sichtweise</span><span>165</span> * '''4 Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid'': „Die makellosen Lichtstrahlen des ''vajra''-Mondes, <br>   eine Anleitung zur Sichtweise von ''gzhan stong'', dem Großen Madhyamaka“ * <span> 4.1 Das ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' in Kong spruls Werken, allgemeine Beschreibung des<br>     Textes</span><span>195</span> * <span> 4.2 ''lta khrid'' als Literaturgattung; Zweck und Verwendung</span><span>197</span> * 4.3 Aufbau von Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' * <span> 4.3.1 Struktur des Textes</span><span>200</span> * 4.3.2 Inhaltliche Schwerpunkte in Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' * <span> 4.3.2.1 Die drei Lehrzyklen, ihre hinführende und/oder definitive Bedeutung und<br>          die exegetische Zuordnung des ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>202</span> * 4.3.2.2 Die im ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition: * 4.3.2.2.1 „Was zu verstehen ist“ * <span> 4.3.2.2.1.1 Die weltliche und die überweltliche Sichtweise</span><span>214</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.1.2 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß dem Niḥsvabhāvavāda-<br>               Madhyamaka</span><span>220</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.1.3 Mögliche Fehlerquellen beim Niḥsvabhāvavāda-Madhyamaka</span><span>231</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.1.4 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß des Yogācāra-Madhyamaka</span><span>234</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.1.5 Kong spruls Sicht zur nicht-zweiheitlichen Gnosis</span><span>238</span> * 43.2.2.2„Die eigentliche Praxis“ gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition * <span> 4.3.2.2.2.1 „Die Vorbereitung“ </span><span>240</span> * 4.3.2.2.2.2 „Der Hauptteil“ * <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.1 „Die Zufluchtnahme und das Entwickeln von bodhicitta“ </span><span>242</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.2 „Die Anleitung zur meditativen Übung der Einheit von ''śamatha''<br>                   und ''vipaśyanä''“</span><span>244</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.3 „Das genaue Unterscheiden und die dadurch erfolgende Einführung<br>                   in die Buddha-Natur“</span><span>258</span> * <span> 4.3.2.2.3 Die Praxis außerhalb der Meditation</span><span>273</span> * 4.3.2.3 Die im ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Tantra-<br>          Tradition * <span> 4.3.2.3.1 Vorbemerkungen</span><span>282</span> * <span> 4.3.2.3.2 „Was zu verstehen ist“</span><span>283</span> * <span> 4.3.2.3.3 „Die eigentliche Praxis“</span><span>291</span> * <span> 4.3.2.4. „Der Nutzen“</span><span>294</span> * 4.4 Textedition und Übersetzung * <span> 4.4.1 Anmerkungen zur tibetischen Textausgabe</span><span>297</span> * <span> 4.4.2 Anmerkungen zu Edition und Übersetzung</span><span>300</span> * <span> 4.4.3 Inhaltsübersicht des ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' mit Seitenverweis auf Edition<br>        und Übersetzung</span><span>302</span> * <span> 4.4.4 Edition des tibetischen Textes</span><span>303</span> * <span> 4.4.5 Übersetzung</span><span>323</span> '''Abkürzungen, Bibliografie und Indices''' * <span> Allgemeine Abkürzungen</span><span>353</span> * <span> Indische Werke</span><span>354</span> * <span> Tibetische Werke</span><span>356</span> * <span> Sekundärliteratur</span><span>364</span> * <span> Internet</span><span>379</span> * <span> Indices</span><span>380</span>   
**<span> ''Foreword''</span><span> vii</span> **<span> ''Introduction''</span><span> ix</span> *<span> Distinguishing Phenomena from their Intrinsic Nature</span><span> 1</span> **<span> The Title</span><span> 6</span> **<span> The Translator's Homage </span><span>7</span> **<span> The Meaning of the Scripture </span><span>7</span> **<span> The Essence of Cyclic Existence and the Transcendence of Suffering </span><span>8</span> **<span> The Characteristics of Phenomena </span><span>10</span> **<span> The Characteristics of their Intrinsic Nature </span><span>11</span> **<span> The Underlying Rationale for These Characteristics </span><span>12</span> **<span> Are Phenomena and Their Intrinsic Nature the Same or Different? </span><span>14</span> **<span> The Two Abodes </span><span>17</span> **<span> The Nonexistence of Apprehended and Apprehender </span><span>21</span> **<span> An Extensive Explanation of the Intrinsic Nature </span><span>28</span> **<span> Conclusion </span><span>66</span> **<span> Appendix: Ju Mipham's Topical Outline of ''Distinguishing Phenomena from Their<br>      Intrinsic Nature'' </span><span>71</span> **<span> ''Notes''</span><span>75</span> **<span> ''English-Tibetan Glossary''</span><span>77</span> **<span> ''Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary''</span><span>83</span> **<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>93</span> **<span> ''Index''</span><span>95</span>   +
** <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> * I     Getting Started on the Path * <span> 1     The Ten Steps — Graglia 2012</span><span>12</span> * <span> 2     The Dangers of Skipping Ngöndro — Bologna 2014</span><span>27</span> * II     The Common Preliminary Practices * <span> 3     The Four Thoughts — Graglia 2012</span><span>46</span> **<span>      A     Precious Human Rebirth</span><span>49</span> **<span>      B     Impermanence</span><span>53</span> **<span>      C     Karma</span><span>57</span> **<span>      D     Fault of Samsara</span><span>60</span> * III     The Uncommon Preliminary Practices * <span> 4     Refuge — Graglia 2012</span><span>66</span> * <span> 5     Bodhicitta — Graglia 2012</span><span>82</span> * <span> 6     Mandala — Graglia 2013</span><span>96</span> * <span> 7     Kusali Chod — Graglia 2013</span><span>116</span> * <span> 8     Vajrasattva — Graglia 2013</span><span>126</span> * <span> 9     Guru Yoga — Graglia 2012 and 2013</span><span>140</span> * IV     Beyond the Preliminaries * <span> 10     Phowa — Graglia 2013</span><span>166</span> * <span> 11     Ego Guru Yoga — 2012 New York Summer Retreat</span><span>173</span> * <span> Epilogue</span><span>197</span> * <span> Appendix - Guided Practice — Seven Branch Prayer, Bodhisattva Vow,<br>Guru Yoga — Graglia 2013</span><span> 202</span>   +
E
'''Foreword'''<br> '''Preface'''<br> '''Contributors'''<br> '''Abbreviations'''<br> <br> '''I. CHINA''' * a. ''State of Scholarship'' * <span> New Japanese Studies in Early Ch'an History</span><span>1</span> ***Philip Yampolsky <br> * b. ''Formative Period'' * <span> The ''Li-tai fa-pao chi'' and the Ch'an Doctrine of Sudden Awakening</span><span>13</span> ***Yanagida Seizan <br> * <span> Seng-ch'ou's Method of ''Dhyāna''</span><span>51</span> ***Jan Yiin-hua <br> * <span> T'an-ch'ien and the Early Ch'an Tradition: Translation and Analysis of the Essay "Wangshih-fei-Iun"</span><span>65</span> ***Whalen W. Lai <br> * <span> The Teachings of the Fourth Ch'an Patriarch Tao-hsin (580-651)</span><span>89</span> ***David W. Chappell <br> * <span> The Concept of ''Ii nien'' ("being free from thinking") in the Northern Line of Ch'an Buddhism</span><span>131</span> ***Robert B. Zeuschner <br> * <span> Early Hua-yen, Meditation, and Early Ch'an: Some Preliminary<br>Considerations</span><span>149</span> ***Robert M. Gimello <br> * <span> The Early Ch'an Monastic Rule: ''Ch'ing-kuei'' and the Shaping of Ch'an<br>Community Life</span><span>165</span> ***Martin Collcutt <br> * c. ''The Developing Tradition'' * <span> The "Recorded Sayings" Texts of Chinese Ch'an Buddhism</span><span>185</span> ***Yanagida Seizan <br> * <span> Lin-chi on "Language-Dependence," An Interpretive Analysis</span><span>207</span> ***Ronald L. Burr <br> * <span> Sinitic Mandalas: The ''Wu-wei-t'u'' of Ts'aoshan</span><span>229</span> ***Whalen W. Lai <br> *d. ''Interaction'' * <span> The Ambiguity of the Buddha-nature Concept in India and China</span><span>259</span> ***Andrew Rawlinson <br> * <span> The Problem of Desire and Emotions in Taoism and Ch'an</span><span>281</span> ***John Visvader and William C. Doub <br> * <span> The Pure and the Impure: The Mencian Problematik in Chinese Buddhism</span><span>299</span> ***Whalen W. Lai <br> '''II. TIBET''' * a. ''State of Scholarship'' * <span> The Study of Tibetan Ch'an Manuscripts Recovered from Tun-huang: A Review<br>of the Field and its Prospects</span><span>327</span> ***Daishun Ueyama <br> * b. ''Tibetan Meditation Systems and Ch 'an'' * <span> 'Meditation' Trends in Early Tibet</span><span>351</span> ***Herbert V. Guenther <br> * <span> 'The Great Perfection' in the Tradition of the Bonpos</span><span>367</span> ***Per Kvaerne <br> * <span> Indian Materials on the Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment</span><span>393</span> ***Luis O. Gomez <br> '''Index'''  
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span> * <span> Translator s Introduction</span><span>i</span> ** <span> The Audacity of Rongzom’s Work</span><span>i</span> ** <span> The Context for Rongzom’s Work</span><span>2</span> ** <span> The Story of Rongzom s Life</span><span>6</span> ** <span> Rongzompa’s Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle</span><span>8</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 1</span><span>12</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 2</span><span>15</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 3</span><span>19</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 4</span><span>22</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 5</span><span>26</span> *** <span> Summary of Chapter 6</span><span>31</span> ** <span> On the English Translation</span><span>34</span> * The Commentarial Treatise Entitled ''Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle'' by<br>   Rongzom Chökyi Zangpo * <span> 1. The Reality of Affliction</span><span>39</span> ** <span> The Śrāvaka System</span><span>39</span> ** <span> The Pratyekabuddha System</span><span>42</span> ** <span> The Yogācāra System</span><span>42</span> ** <span> The Madhyamaka System</span><span>44</span> ** <span> The Madhyamaka and Guhyamantra Systems</span><span>53</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>56</span> * <span> 2. Objections and Replies</span><span>59</span> ** <span> First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Illusions</span><span>59</span> ** <span> Second Objection: Concerning the Reality of Causality</span><span>63</span> ** <span> Third Objection: Concerning the Reality of Pure Phenomena</span><span>66</span> ** <span> Fourth Objection: Concerning the Reality of Samsara</span><span>79</span> * <span> 3. Distinguishing the Perfected System of the Illusory in the Great Perfection<br>    from the Other Vehicles That Retain the Nomenclature of Illusion</span><span>89</span> ** <span> First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Confused Appearances</span><span>89</span> ** <span> Second Objection: Concerning Reality in an Illusory World</span><span>91</span> ** <span> Third Objection: Concerning the Yogācāra View of Concepts</span><span>99</span> ** <span> Some Supplementary Explanation concerning the Differences between the<br>   Aforementioned Views with respect to Limitations and Power</span><span>105</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as a Vehicle</span><span>106</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as a Transmission</span><span>106</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as a Doctrinal Discourse</span><span>107</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as a Continuum</span><span>107</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as a Hidden Intention</span><span>108</span> ** <span> Great Perfection as Intimate Advice</span><span>108</span> * <span> 4. The Great Perfection Approach to the Path Is Not Undermined by Reason</span><span>111</span> ** <span> Bodhicitta</span><span>111</span> ** <span> Conceptual Frameworks, Appearance, and Nature</span><span>112</span> ** <span> General Systems for Such Things as the Establishment and Negation of<br>Identity and Difference</span><span>115</span> ** <span> On the Two Methods of [Establishing] Proofs</span><span>116</span> ** <span> Grammatical Treatises</span><span>122</span> ** <span> Logical Treatises</span><span>122</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>126</span> * <span> 5. Writings on Great Perfection</span><span>129</span> ** <span> The Nature of Bodhicitta</span><span>129</span> ** <span> The Greatness of Bodhicitta</span><span>129</span> ** <span> Deviations and Obscurations</span><span>130</span> ** <span> Methods for Settling Bodhicitta</span><span>130</span> ** <span> From the Writings of Great Perfection</span><span>130</span> *** <span> Eight Additional Rubrics</span><span>131</span> *** <span> All Phenomena Are Seen to Be Perfected within the Single Sphere of<br>   Bodhicitta</span><span>131</span> *** <span> All Confused Appearance Is Seen as the Play of Samantabhadra</span><span>132</span> *** <span> All Sentient Beings Are Seen as the Profound Field of Awakening</span><span>132</span> *** <span> All Domains of Experience Are Seen as Naturally Occurring Self-<br>   Appearing Gnosis</span><span>133</span> *** <span> All Phenomena Seen as Perfected within the Nature of the Five<br>   Types of Greatness</span><span>133</span> *** <span> The Six Great Spheres</span><span>137</span> *** <span> The Elimination of Deviations and Obscurations</span><span>138</span> *** <span> Twenty-Three Points of Deviation</span><span>143</span> *** <span> The Seven Obscurations</span><span>155</span> *** <span> The Three Beings</span><span>158</span> *** <span> The Three Great Assurances</span><span>159</span> *** <span> The Three Fundamental Esoteric Precepts</span><span>159</span> *** <span> Resolution through Bodhicitta</span><span>160</span> *** <span> What Is Resolved in Great Perfection</span><span>160</span> *** <span> The Disclosure of Methods for Consolidating Bodhicitta</span><span>161</span> *** <span> Disclosing Those Points through Scriptural Sources</span><span>164</span> ** <span> On Critical Impediments to Concentration</span><span>175</span> ** <span> Criteria for the Attainment of Mastery over the Ordinary Mind</span><span>180</span> ** <span> On the Signs of Warmth</span><span>184</span> ** <span> On the Qualities of Bodhicitta</span><span>185</span> * <span> 6. Instructions on Paths Encountered through Methods Connected with<br>    Effort for Those Who Are Unable to Remain Effortlessly within the Natural<br>    State according to the Great Perfection Approach</span><span>191</span> ** <span> Other Paths as Doors to Great Perfection</span><span>191</span> ** <span> Six Faults Connected with Concentration</span><span>192</span> ** <span> Conceptuality</span><span>193</span> ** <span> Nine Obscurations Associated with the Path</span><span>194</span> ** <span> The Eightfold Concentration That Eliminates the Five Faults</span><span>193</span> ** <span> Six-Limbed Yoga</span><span>199</span> ** <span> Five Signs of Mental Stability</span><span>201</span> ** <span> After Attaining Such Signs of Mental Stability</span><span>202</span> * <span> Closing Verses</span><span>209</span> * <span> Appendix: Tibetan Names in Phonetic and Transliterated Forms</span><span>211</span> * <span> Abbreviations</span><span>213</span> * <span> Notes</span><span>215</span> * <span> Works Cited</span><span>239</span> * <span> Index</span><span>243</span>   
*<span> Foreword ''by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoché''</span><span>9</span> *<span> Preface</span><span>13</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>17</span> *<span> The Root Text: Esoteric Instructions:<br>      ''A Detailed Presentation of the Process<br>       of Meditation in Vajrayāna''</span><span>49</span> **<span> 1. Nyingma</span><span>63</span> **<span> 2. Kadampa</span><span>97</span> **<span> 3. Lamdré</span><span>113</span> **<span> 4. Marpa Kagyu</span><span>137</span> **<span> 5. Shangpa Kagyu</span><span>233</span> **<span> 6. Zhijé and Chöd</span><span>255</span> **<span> 7. Jordruk</span><span>289</span> **<span> 8. Dorjé Sumgyi Nyendrup</span><span>331</span> **<span> 9. Supplement: Śāntigupta</span><span>339</span> *<span> Appendix One: Outline of Book Eight, Part Four:<br>      ''Esoteric Instructions''</span><span>345</span> *<span> Appendix Two: General Contents of Kongtrul’s<br>      ''Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>355</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>359</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>363</span> *<span> Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author</span><span>451</span> *<span> Reference Bibliography</span><span>473</span> *<span> Index</span><span>495</span>   +
*<span> Foreword</span><span>xiii</span> *<span> Preface</span><span>xv</span><br><br> <center>'''Introduction'''</center> *<span> 0.1. The Purpose of the Study, and the Significance of the<br>       ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'' within Buddhist Doctrinal History</span><span>1</span> *<span> 0.2. Dating the Text: Problems of Form and Interpretation</span><span>13</span> *<span> 0.3. Methodology and Outline of the Study</span><span>23</span><br><br> <center>'''Part One: Concepts of Being'''</center> *<span> 1.0. The Nature of Buddhist Ontology</span><span>39</span> *       General considerations * The practical aim of the Yogācāra Philosophy *<span> 1.1. The Threefold Meaning of Tathāgata-garbha and its<br>       Relation to Ālaya-vijñāna: the ''Essence'' of Being</span><span>51</span> *       Preliminary considerations * Tathagāta-garbha as essential, supramundane,<br>       pure dharma, and its contrast with the Hindu Ātman * Tathagata-garbha<br>       as embryo, and the dynamics of Buddhahood * Tathāgata-garbha<br>       as womb or matrix of Buddhahood * Conclusion *<span> 1.2. The Five Skandhas: the ''Temporal'' Manifestation of Being</span><span>79</span><br>       Introduction * Brief overview of the Ātman controversy prior to the<br>        ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'' * Rūpa, or the formative elements of the five Skandhas<br>       * Nāma, or the formless elements of the five Skandhas * The Skandhas and<br>       the empirical self, or personality * The Skandhas and the trans-empirical<br>       Self, the Tathāgata * The five Skandhas and the denial of metaphysical<br>       dualities * Concluding remarks on the notion of Self and its varieties<br> *<span> 1.3. Dharmadhātu: the ''Spatial'' or Cosmic Dimension of Being</span><span>117</span><br>       Introductory remarks * Dharmādhatu as cosmic Law: the fundamental<br>       structure of the universe * Dharmādhatu as universal Void: the ground<br>       of Being * Concluding observations<br><br> <center>'''Part Two: Concepts of Knowing'''</center> *<span> 2.0. Buddhist Epistemology, Buddhist Dialectics</span><span>135</span><br>       Truth, untruth, half-truth, "the truth" * The tetralemma logic: a thousand<br>       years of Buddhist dialectics * The early use of the tetralemma in the<br>       Pāli canon * Rationality and irrationality in Nāgārjuna's relativistic logic<br>       * Epistemology in the ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'': a radical critique of language,<br>       logic, and knowledge * Conclusions and preview of part two<br> *<span> 2.1. The Epistemological Reduction of the Citta-mātra (''Mind-only'') Doctrine</span><span>169</span> *       Preliminary considerations * Citta as the empirical mind<br>       * Citta as the transcendental Mind * Citta-mātra as explanation for the<br>       triple world (Tribhava) * Concluding words and the connection between<br>       ''Laṅkāvatāra'' and Zen *<span> 2.2. From Mind to ''No-mind'': the Transcendental Leap beyond Empirical<br>       Cognition</span><span>209</span><br>       * Introduction * The five Dharmas or epistemic categories * The three<br>       Svabhāvas or modes of cognition * The attainment of Āryajñāna:<br>       transcendental Wisdom or Gnosis * Concluding remarks<br> *<span> 2.3. The Conjunctive System of the Eight Vijñānas: the Integration of ''Both Mind<br>       and No-mind'' States of Consciousness</span><span>237</span><br>       * Introductory remarks * Jñāna and Vijñāna: abstract intuition versus<br>       concrete knowledge * Khyāti- and Vastuprativikalpa-vijñāna:<br>       the perceptual and the object discriminating knowledge * The inner<br>       revolution (Parāvṛtti): the return to the tranquil state of<br>       pure consciousness (Ālaya-vijñāna) * Conclusion<br> *<span> 2.4. The Disjunctive Theory of Causation: Things are ''Neither this, Nor that'',<br>       for They Are All Subject to Causes and Conditions (Hetu-pratyaya)</span><span>261</span><br>       * Introduction * The expansion of the relevance of causation: from the<br>       psychological to the cosmic-philosophical principle * Causation as a<br>       possible theoretical basis for a monistic view of the world * Causation as a<br>       teaching device * Excursus: highlighting Nāgārjuna's thought in respect to<br>       causation * The soteriological value of the theory of causation<br>       * Concluding observations<br><br> *<span> 3.0. Final Overview</span><span>287</span> *<span>        Appendix</span><span>295</span> *<span>        Notes</span><span>323</span> *<span>        Bibliography</span><span>357</span> *<span>        Index</span><span>365</span>   
Preface to *<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>i</span> On the Occasion of Publishing *<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>v</span> Preface to the English Edition of *<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>viii</span> *<span> Preface</span><span>xxvii</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>xxx</span> *<span> I. INTRODUCTION</span><span>3</span> **<span> 1. Foreword</span><span>5</span> **<span> 2. Taehyeon's Life and Works</span><span>6</span> ***<span> A. Taehyeon's Life</span><span>6</span> ***<span> B. Taehyeon's Writings</span><span>13</span> **<span> 3. Taehyeon's Mahāyāna Vinaya Studies</span><span>19</span> ***<span> A. Silla Research on the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net''</span><span>19</span> ***<span> B. Sutras, Vinayas, śāstras, and Commentaries quoted in the ''Beommanggyeong gojeokgi''</span><span>23</span> ***<span> C. Characteristics of the ''Beommanggyeong gojeokgi''</span><span>30</span> ***<span> D. Influence in Japan</span><span>34</span> ***<span> E. Taehyeon's Interpretive Approaches toward the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net''</span><span>39</span> **<span> 4. Meeting the Demands for Secular Relevance</span><span>44</span> ***<span> A. Taehyeon's View of the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net'' and "Filial Piety" 孝 and "Obligation for Kindnesses Received" 恩</span><span>44</span> ***<span> B. Other Regulations for Dealing with the World of the Time</span><span>48</span> **<span> 5. Vinaya Thought through the Three Pure Sets of Precepts</span><span>52</span> **<span> 6. References</span><span>59</span> ***<span> A. Canonical Collections</span><span>59</span> ***<span> B. Scriptural Sources</span><span>60</span> ***<span> C. Attributed Works</span><span>60</span> ***<span> D. Modern Works</span><span>62</span> *<span> II. ROLL ONE</span><span>65</span> **<span> Commentator's Preface</span><span>68</span> ***<span> 1. Time and Place</span><span>68</span> ***<span> 2. Capacity (of the Audience)</span><span>68</span> ***<span> 3. How it is Categorized Within the Canon</span><span>68</span> ***<span> 4. Circumstances and Details regarding the Translation</span><span>69</span> ****<span> A. Number of Verses 頌品</span><span>70</span> ****<span> B. Causes and Conditions in China 中國 因緣</span><span>70</span> ***<span> 5. Doctrinal Tenets 宗趣</span><span>72</span> ****<span> A. In General 總</span><span>72</span> ****<span> B. Mental Behavior 心行</span><span>73</span> ****<span> C. The Ultimate Theme 歸趣</span><span>74</span> ***<span> 6. The Title 題名</span><span>79</span> ****<span> A. The Short Title 題目</span><span>79</span> **<span> Main Text</span><span>81</span> ****<span> A. The Explanation by the Original Teacher 本師說</span><span>82</span> ****<span> B. Opportunity for an Audience and Questions 見問</span><span>84</span> ****<span> C. The Answer 答</span><span>93</span> *<span> III. ROLL TWO</span><span>151</span> **<span> Ten Grounds 十地</span><span>153</span> ***<span> 1. Ground of the Equality of the Essence 體性平等地</span><span>153</span> ***<span> 2. Ground of the Skillful Wisdom of the Essence 體性善慧地</span><span>157</span> ***<span> 3. Ground of the Luminosity of the Essence 體性光明地</span><span>169</span> ***<span> 4. Ground of the Knowability of the Essence 體性爾焰地</span><span>173</span> ***<span> 5. Ground of Wisdom-Illumination of the Essence 體性慧照地</span><span>179</span> ***<span> 6. Ground of the Floral Radiance of the Essence 體性華光地</span><span>184</span> ***<span> 7. Ground of Completion of the Essential Nature 體性滿足地</span><span>188</span> ***<span> 8. Ground of the Buddha's Roar of the Essential Nature 體性佛吼地</span><span>193</span> ***<span> 9. Ground of the Flower Ornamentation of the Essence 體性華嚴地</span><span>198</span> ***<span> 10. Ground of Entry into the Buddha Realm of the Essential Nature<br>體性入佛界地</span><span>201</span> *<span> IV. ROLL THREE</span><span>209</span> **<span> The Grave Precepts 戒文</span><span>211</span> ***<span> 1. Invocation 付囑</span><span>211</span> ****<span> A. The Teaching Transmitted to the Transformation-body Buddhas<br>化佛傳說</span><span>213</span> ****<span> B. Repaying of Kindness and Separate Iteration of the Teaching<br>報恩別化</span><span>213</span> ****<span> C. The Exhortation 策發</span><span>221</span> ****<span> D. The Bodhisattva Precepts</span><span>224</span> ****<span> E. Preface on the Formation of the Precepts 結戒序</span><span>246</span> ***<span> 2. The Main Sermon 正說分</span><span>254</span> ****<span> A. General Outline 總標</span><span>254</span> ***<span> 3. The Ten Grave Precepts 十重戒</span><span>260</span> ****<span> A. Prohibition of Pleasurable Killing 快意殺生戒第一</span><span>260</span> ****<span> B. Prohibition of Stealing the Property of Others 劫盜人物戒第二</span><span>266</span> ****<span> C. Prohibition of the Heartless Pursuit of Lust 無慈行欲戒第三經</span><span>275</span> ****<span> D. Prohibition of Intentional Lying 故心妄語戒第四經</span><span>284</span> ****<span> E. Prohibition of the Sale of Alcohol 酤酒生罪戒第五經</span><span>287</span> ****<span> F. Prohibition of Speaking of the Faults of Others<br>談他過失戒第六經</span><span>289</span> ****<span> G. Prohibition of Praising Oneself and Disparaging Others 自讚毀他戒第七</span><span>293</span> ****<span> H. Prohibition of Stinginess and Abuse of Others 慳生毀辱戒第八</span><span>296</span> ****<span> I. Prohibition of Holding Resentments and Not Accepting Apologies 瞋不受謝戒第九</span><span>303</span> ****<span> J. Prohibition of Denigration of the Three Treasures<br>毀謗三寶戒第十</span><span>307</span> ****<span> K. Conclusion 結成門</span><span>309</span> *<span> V. ROLL FOUR</span><span>315</span> **<span> The Minor Precepts</span><span>317</span> ***<span> 1. Preface to the Minor Precepts 輕戒序文</span><span>317</span> ****<span> A. Concluding the Former (Grave Precepts) and Initiating the Latter (Minor) 結前生後</span><span>317</span> ***<span> 2. Enumeration of the Precepts 次第誦出</span><span>318</span> ****<span> A. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>318</span> ****<span> B. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>341</span> ****<span> C. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>357</span> ****<span> D. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒</span><span>375</span> ****<span> E. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒</span><span>401</span> ***<span> 3. General Conclusion 總結</span><span>424</span> ****<span> A. Dissemination Section 流通分</span><span>425</span> *<span> INDEX</span><span>429</span> *<span> Contributors</span><span>451</span> *<span> Members of the English Translation Editorial Board ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>453</span> *<span> Members of the Compilation Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought</span><span>454</span> *<span> In Memoriam: The Most Venerable Kasan Jikwan</span><span>455</span> *<span> Executive Members of the Steering Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought</span><span>457</span> *<span> Collected Works of Korean Buddhism</span><span>458</span>  
F
* <span> Foreword by Alak Zenkar Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span> * <span> Foreword by Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>xv</span> * <span> Translators' Introduction</span><span>xix</span><br> * ''Part One: Finding Rest in the Nature of the Mind'' * <span> Prologue</span><span>3</span> ** <span> 1. The Freedoms and Advantages of Human Birth So Hard to Find</span><span>5</span> ** <span> 2. Impermanence</span><span>11</span> ** <span> 3. The Sufferings of Samsara</span><span>17</span> ** <span> 4. The Karmic Law of Cause and Effect</span><span>35</span> ** <span> 5. The Spiritual Master</span><span>51</span> ** <span> 6. Refuge</span><span>67</span> ** <span> 7. The Four Unbounded Attitudes</span><span>75</span> ** <span> 8. Cultivating the Attitude of Mind Oriented toward Enlightenment</span><span>85</span> ** <span> 9. The Generation and Perfection Stages and Their Union</span><span>103</span> ** <span> 10. The View That Dwells in Neither of the Two Extremes, the Wisdom      whereby the Nature of the Ground Is Realized</span><span>115</span> ** <span> 11. The Path: Stainless Meditative Concentration</span><span>127</span> ** <span> 12. The Three Aspects of Meditative Concentration</span><span>143</span> ** <span> 13. The Great, Spontaneously Present Result</span><span>151</span> * <span> Conclusion</span><span>163</span> * ''Part Two: Excerpts from'' The Great Chariot * <span> The Mind Is the Root of All Phenomena</span><span>167</span> * <span> Mind, Intellect, and Consciousness</span><span>171</span> * <span> The Eight Consciousnesses as the Basis of Delusion</span><span>175</span> * <span> The Three Natures</span><span>179</span> * <span> The Universal Ground</span><span>191</span> * <span> The Universal Ground, the Eight Consciousnesses, and the State of Sleep</span><span>201</span> * <span> The Tathagatagarbha</span><span>205</span> * <span> Refuge</span><span>243</span> * <span> The Three Concentrations of the Generation Stage</span><span>253</span> * <span> The Simple Practice of the Generation and Perfection Stages</span><span>257</span> * <span> The Mind and the Objects That Appear to It</span><span>261</span> * <span> The Omniscient Longchenpa Speaks about His Realization</span><span>265</span> * <span> Notes</span><span>269</span> * <span> Texts Cited in The Great Chariot</span><span>301</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>305</span> * <span> The Padmakara Translation Group Translations into English</span><span>309</span> * <span> Index</span><span>311</span>   
* <span> Foreword ''by Khenpo Tsültrim Gyamtso Rinpoche''</span><span> 7</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span> 9</span> * <span> The Root Text: Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy: ''A Systematic Presentation<br>of the Cause-Based Philosophical Vehicles''</span><span> 57</span> ** <span> 1. Three Yānas and Four Tenet Systems</span><span> 83</span> *'''Section I: Hīnayāna''' ** <span> 2. The Shrāvakayāna: An Overview and the Four Truths</span><span> 87</span> ** <span> 3. The Shrāvakayāna: Its Tenet Systems, Orders, and Results</span><span> 123</span> ** <span> 4. The Pratyekabuddhayāna</span><span> 151</span> *'''Section II: Mahāyāna''' ** <span> 5. The Mahāyāna’s Distinctions and Training</span><span> 161</span> ** <span> 6. Chittamātra</span><span> 175</span> ** <span> 7. An Overview of Madhyamaka</span><span> 195</span> ** <span> 8. Rangtong-Madhyamaka</span><span> 203</span> ** <span> 9. Svātantrika</span><span> 217</span> ** <span> 10. Prāsaṅgika</span><span> 223</span> ** <span> 11. Shentong-Madhyamaka</span><span> 249</span> ** <span> 12. Secret Mantra-Madhyamaka</span><span> 269</span> * <span> Appendix: Outline of the Text</span><span> 275</span> * <span> Glossary</span><span> 283</span> * <span> Endnotes</span><span> 301</span> * <span> Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author</span><span> 407</span> * <span> Reference Bibliography</span><span> 423</span> * <span> Index</span><span> 459</span>   +
*Preface *<span> ''by José Ignacio Cabezón''</span><span>vii</span> *In Memoriam: Geshe Lobsang Dargyay (1935-94) *<span> ''by Eva Neumaier''</span><span>xi</span> *<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span> *Distinguishing the Views of Emptiness: Moonlight to Illuminate the Main Points<br>of the Supreme Path **<span> ''Thematic Subdivisions of the Text''</span><span>63</span> **Chapter 1 **<span> ''Three Ways of Understanding the Madhyamaka''</span><span>69</span> **Chapter 2 **<span> ''The Refutation of Dol po pa''</span><span>97</span> **Chapter 3 **<span> ''The Refutation of Tsong kha pa''</span><span>115</span> **Chapter 4 **<span> ''The Middle Way as Freedom from Extremes''</span><span>203</span> *<span> Abbreviations</span><span>239</span> *<span> Notes</span><span>243</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>337</span> *<span> Index</span><span>383</span>   +
*<span> ''Foreword''</span><span>ix</span> *<span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>xv</span> *<span> ''Introduction''</span><span>1</span> *<span> 1 ABHIDHARMA : ITS SCOPE AND MEANING</span><span>9</span> **<span> The Meaning of the Term ''Abhidharma''</span><span>9</span> **<span> The Meaning of the Term ''Buddha''</span><span>13</span> *<span> 2 THE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM "MIND"</span><span>15</span> **<span> The Importance of a Healthy Attitude</span><span>15</span> **<span> A Structural Model of "Mind"</span><span>23</span> **<span> "Mind" as a Self-Structuring Process</span><span>34</span> *<span> 3 THE CONTEXTUALIZED SYSTEM "MIND"</span><span>41</span> **<span> Sociocultural Operators</span><span>41</span> *<span> 4 POLLUTANTS AND QUASI POLLUTANTS</span><span>52</span> **<span> Pollutants</span><span>52</span> **<span> The Quasi Pollutants</span><span>58</span> **<span> Summary</span><span>61</span> *<span> 5 CONCENTRATION, CONTEMPLATION, MEDITATION:<br>   PRELIMINARIES ON THE WAY OF GROWING UP</span><span>62</span> **<span> Objectivistic-Reductionistic Concentration</span><span>66</span> **<span> Mentalistic-Creative Contemplation</span><span>81</span> **<span> Holistic Imparting of Meaning</span><span>89</span> *<span> 6 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW I</span><span>95</span> **<span> Introductory Remarks</span><span>95</span> **<span> The Theravāda Conception of the Way</span><span>97</span> *<span> 7 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW Il</span><span>106</span> **<span> The Śrāvaka and Pratyekabuddha Ways</span><span>106</span> **<span> The Śrāvaka Conception of the Way</span><span>106</span> **<span> The Pratyekabuddha Conception of the Way</span><span>122</span> *<span> 8 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW I</span><span>126</span> **<span> The Bodhisattva Way I: Prelude</span><span>126</span> **<span> The Meaning of the Terms ''Bodhisattva'' and ''Bodhicitta''</span><span>126</span> **<span> ''rigs''/''khams''</span><span>128</span> **<span> ''de-bzhin''/''bde-bar gshegs-pa'i snying-po''</span><span>132</span> **<span> The Activation of ''Bodhicitta''</span><span>136</span> **<span> Ethics and Sociocultural Levels</span><span>145</span> *<span> 9 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW II</span><span>151</span> **<span> The Bodhisattva Way II: The Exact Itinerary</span><span>151</span> **<span> The Build-up Phase</span><span>151</span> **<span> The Probability of a Breakthrough</span><span>161</span> **<span> The Way of Seeing</span><span>165</span> **<span> The Way of Cultivating What Has Been Seen</span><span>172</span> **<span> The Way of No More Learning</span><span>174</span> *<span> 10 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS I</span><span>184</span> **<span> Introductory Remarks</span><span>184</span> **<span> The rDzogs-chen Program</span><span>188</span> *<span> 11 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS II</span><span>195</span> **<span> The Homologous Evolution of Man and God/Teacher</span><span>195</span> **<span> The Evolution of the God/Teacher Idea</span><span>195</span> **<span> The Evolution of Man as the Holomovement's Errancy Mode</span><span>199</span> *<span> 12 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS III</span><span>206</span> **<span> Ontological Difference and Coordinated Hierarchy</span><span>206</span> **<span> The Ontological Difference</span><span>206</span> **<span> Coordinated Hierarchy</span><span>215</span> *<span> 13 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS IV</span><span>223</span> **<span> The Role of Fluctuations in an Individual's Psychic Evolution</span><span>223</span> **<span> The Homology of Mentation Pollutants and Originary-Awareness Modes</span><span>223</span> **<span> The Dynamics of Self-Organization: Obscuration and Clearing</span><span>235</span> *<span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>245</span> *<span> ''Notes''</span><span>249</span> *<span> ''References''</span><span>284</span> *<span> ''Indexes''</span><span>291</span> **<span> A. Technical Terms</span><span>291</span> **<span> B. Subjects</span><span>300</span>   
* <span> Colour Plates</span><span>7</span> * <span> Illustrations</span><span>9</span> * <span> Foreward by His Holiness the Dalai Lama</span><span>11</span> * <span> Acknoweledgements</span><span>13</span> * <span> Homage</span><span>15</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>17</span> * <span> '''PART ONE: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'ORNAMENT FOR THE MAHAYANA SUTRAS''''</span><span>'''25'''</span> * <span> 1 Brief Explanation of Buddha Potential</span><span>27</span> * <span> 2 Extensive Explanation of Buddha Potential</span><span>29</span> * <span> 3 Summary</span><span>83</span> * <span> '''PART TWO: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'SUBLIME CONTINUUM''''</span><span>'''85'''</span> * <span> 4 Brief Explanation</span><span>83</span> * <span> 5 Clear Light Nature of Mind</span><span>87</span> * <span> 6 The Nine Examples of Buddha Potential</span><span>91</span> * <span> 7 The Meaning of the Nine Examples</span><span>117</span> * <span> 8 How to Practise Buddha Potential</span><span>133</span> * <span> 9 Great Enlightenment</span><span>153</span> * <span> Dedication</span><span>201</span> * <span> Biography of Geshe Acharya Thubten Loden</span><span>203</span> * <span> Outline</span><span>231</span> * <span> Quotations</span><span>235</span> * <span> Glossary</span><span>283</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>299</span> * <span> Index</span><span>305</span>   +
G
<center>''Acknowledgements''</center><br> <center>''VII''</center><br> <center>15. The Mundane Vehicles</center><br> <center>''181''</center><br> <center>16. Hinayana</center><br> <center>''183''</center><br> <center>17. The Superiority of Mahayana</center><br> <center>''186''</center><br> <center>18. The Path of Mahayana</center><br> <center>''190''</center><br> <center>19. Buddha-nature</center><br> <center>''217''</center><br> <center>20. The Journey of Mahayana</center><br> <center>''221''</center><br> <center>21. Buddhahood</center><br> <center>''224''</center><br> <center>22. The Conditioned and the Unconditioned</center><br> <center>''252''</center><br> <center>Notes</center><br> <center>''272''</center>  +
* <span> Foreword </span><span> 7 </span> * <span> Acknowledgements</span><span> 9 </span> * <span> Translator's Note </span><span>10 </span> 'JIG RTEN GSUM MGON (JIGTEN SUMGON) ''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG) - THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA'' * <span> ROOT TEXT </span><span> 11 </span> ** <span> The Invocation </span><span>13 </span> ** <span> Section I </span><span>13 </span> ** <span> Section II </span><span>14 </span> ** <span> Section III </span><span> 15 </span> ** <span> Section IV </span><span>16 </span> ** <span> Section V </span><span> 16 </span> ** <span> Section VI </span><span> 17 </span> ** <span> Section VII </span><span>18 </span> ** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 19 </span> ** <span> The Supplement </span><span> 20 </span> RIG 'DZIIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA) THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF * <span> ''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA'' </span><span>25</span> ** <span> The Invocation </span><span>27</span> ** <span> Section I </span><span>29 </span> ** <span> Section II </span><span>47</span> ** <span> Section III </span><span> 55 </span> ** <span> Section IV </span><span> 69</span> ** <span> Section V </span><span> 85 </span> ** <span> Section VI </span><span> 101</span> ** <span> Section VII </span><span>115</span> ** <span> Section VIII </span><span>125</span> ** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 143</span> ** <span> Bibliography and Abbreviations </span><span> 147</span> RIG 'DZIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA) THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF ''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA'' * <span> TIBETAN TEXT </span><span> 153</span> ** <span> Notes on the Tibetan Text</span><span>154</span> ** <span> The Invocation </span><span>155</span> ** <span> Section I </span><span>156</span> ** <span> Section II </span><span>174</span> ** <span> Section III </span><span> 182</span> ** <span> Section IV </span><span> 195</span> ** <span> Section V </span><span> 210</span> ** <span> Section VI </span><span> 227</span> ** <span> Section VII </span><span>240</span> ** <span> Section VIII </span><span>250</span> ** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 272</span>   
***Introduction<br> ***''By Thupten Jinpa and Donald Lopez Jr. 1'' *<span> 1 First, How I Set Out from Lhasa</span><span>29</span> *<span> 2 General Formation of the Land of India and How It Acquired Its Name</span><span>59</span> *<span> 3 How the Lands Were Given Their Names</span><span>71</span> *<span> 4 The Snow Mountains of the North and Analysis of Related Issues</span><span>89</span> *<span> 5 What the Famous Places of the Past Are Like</span><span>95</span> *<span> 6 On Men, Women, Food, Drink, and Various Apparel</span><span>129</span> *<span> 7 Identification of Various Species of Flowers and Trees and How to Recognize<br>Them</span><span>175</span> *<span> 8 Writing Systems of Various Regions of Past and Present</span><span>189</span> *<span> 9 On the Linguistic Rules of the Tibetan Language</span><span>209</span> *<span> 10 The Inscriptions of the Dharma King Aśoka Carved on the Rock Face of Mount Girnar</span><span>221</span> *<span> 11 The Gupta Dynasty</span><span>229</span> *<span> 12 The Pāla Dynasty</span><span>259</span> *<span> 13 From 1,600 Years after the Passing of the Buddha to the Present</span><span>279</span> *<span> 14 On the History of Siṅghala</span><span>305</span> *<span> 15 On the Conditions and the Customs of the Tibetan People in Ancient Times</span><span>349</span> *<span> 16 The Religion of the Tīrthikas</span><span>363</span> *<span> 17 Conclusion</span><span>397</span> ***<span> Appendix A: Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>417</span> ***<span> Appendix B: Glossary of Terms</span><span>419</span> ***<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>425</span> ***<span> Notes</span><span>427</span> ***<span> Index</span><span>453</span>   +
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>xi</span> *<span> Translator’s Preface</span><span>xv</span> *<span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xxix</span> *''Oral Commentary on the Self-Generation Ritual'' *<span> 1. The Initial Practice</span><span>3</span> **<span> Preliminaries</span><span>3</span> ***<span> Verses of Supplication</span><span>3</span> ***<span> Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously</span><span>16</span> ***<span> Blessing the Vajra and the Bell</span><span>24</span> ***<span> Blessing the Inner Offering</span><span>40</span> ***<span> The Preliminary Torma Offering</span><span>59</span> ***<span> Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings</span><span>80</span> ***<span> The Mandala Offering</span><span>87</span> ***<span> The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation</span><span>94</span> ***<span> Worshipping the Merit Field</span><span>122</span> ***<span> Meditating on the Protection Wheel</span><span>162</span> **<span> The Main Rite of Clear Realization</span><span>195</span> ***<span> Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body</span><span>196</span> ****<span> Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness</span><span>196</span> ****<span> Generating the Vajra Ground</span><span>211</span> ****<span> Generating the Mandala Palace</span><span>218</span> ****<span> Installing the Deities</span><span>235</span> ****<span> The Activity of the Deities</span><span>249</span> ****<span> Drawing the Deities into One's Body</span><span>251</span> ****<span> Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality</span><span>257</span> ***<span> Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body</span><span>273</span> ***<span> Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body</span><span>284</span> ****<span> Generating the Emanation-Body Form of Vajradhara</span><span>285</span> ****<span> Creating the Body Mandala</span><span>294</span> *****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence</span><span>295</span> *****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities</span><span>304</span> ****<span> Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form</span><span>319</span> ****<span> Generating the Three Tiered Beings</span><span>337</span> ****<span> Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord</span><span>341</span> ***<span> Preparing a Knowledge Consort</span><span>345</span> *<span> 2. The Foremost King of Mandalas</span><span>363</span> **<span> Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents</span><span>363</span> **<span> Emitting the Mandala Deities</span><span>377</span> **<span> Emitting the Mandala Palace</span><span>409</span> *<span> 3. The Foremost King of Activities</span><span>411</span> **<span> Spiritual Practices Carried Out during Meditation Sessions</span><span>411</span> ***<span> The Practice of the Subtle Drop</span><span>411</span> ***<span> Mantra Recitation</span><span>422</span> ***<span> Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved</span><span>442</span> ***<span> Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar</span><span>448</span> ****<span> Reciting the Verses of Praise</span><span>449</span> ****<span> Presenting the Outer Offerings</span><span>452</span> ****<span> Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering</span><span>457</span> ****<span> The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality</span><span>466</span> ***<span> Dissolution</span><span>468</span> ***<span> The Generation-Stage Portion of the Aspirational Prayer</span><span>472</span> **<span> Spiritual Practices Carried Out between Meditation Sessions</span><span>500</span> ***<span> The Yoga of Ordinary Activities</span><span>501</span> ***<span> Blessings One’s Residence</span><span>502</span> ***<span> Blessing One’s Clothing</span><span>503</span> ***<span> The Spiritual Practice That Relates to Bathing</span><span>503</span> ***<span> The Spiritual Practices That Relate to Sleeping and Waking Up</span><span>504</span> ***<span> The Meditative Absorption That Relates to Food</span><span>507</span> ***<span> Reinvigorating the Body</span><span>512</span> ***<span> The Methods of Achieving the Common Spiritual Attainments</span><span>512</span> *''The Self-Generation Ritual'' *<span> The Initial Practice</span><span>517</span> **<span> Preliminaries</span><span>517</span> ***<span> Verses of Supplication</span><span>517</span> ***<span> Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously</span><span>529</span> ***<span> Blessing the Vajra and the Bell</span><span>529</span> ***<span> Blessing the Inner Offering</span><span>531</span> ***<span> The Preliminary Torma Offering</span><span>533</span> ***<span> Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings</span><span>541</span> ***<span> The Mandala Offering</span><span>543</span> ***<span> The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation</span><span>545</span> ***<span> Worshipping the Merit Field</span><span>549</span> ***<span> Meditating on the Protection Wheel</span><span>557</span> **<span> The Main Rite of Clear Realization</span><span>571</span> ***<span> Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body</span><span>571</span> ****<span> Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness</span><span>571</span> ****<span> Generating the Vajra Ground</span><span>571</span> ****<span> Generating the Mandala Palace</span><span>573</span> ****<span> Installing the Deities</span><span>577</span> ****<span> The Activity of the Deities</span><span>587</span> ****<span> Drawing the Deities into One’s Body</span><span>587</span> ****<span> Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality</span><span>589</span> ***<span> Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body</span><span>589</span> ***<span> Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body</span><span>591</span> ****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence</span><span>593</span> ****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities</span><span>593</span> ****<span> Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form</span><span>605</span> ****<span> Generating the Three Tiered Beings</span><span>611</span> ****<span> Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord</span><span>611</span> ***<span> Preparing a Knowledge Consort</span><span>613</span> *<span> The Foremost King of Mandalas</span><span>617</span> **<span> Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents</span><span>617</span> **<span> Emitting the Mandala Deities</span><span>631</span> **<span> Emitting the Mandala Palace</span><span>647</span> *<span> The Foremost King of Activities</span><span>647</span> **<span> Mantra Recitation</span><span>647</span> **<span> Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved</span><span>649</span> ***<span> The Principal Deity Enters the State of Ultimate Reality</span><span>649</span> ***<span> The Principal Deity Arises from the Clear-Light State</span><span>651</span> **<span> Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar</span><span>653</span> ***<span> Reciting the Verses of Praise</span><span>653</span> ***<span> Presenting the Outer Offerings</span><span>653</span> ***<span> Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering</span><span>655</span> ***<span> The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality</span><span>661</span> **<span> Dissolution</span><span>661</span> **<span> The Concluding Torma Offerings</span><span>663</span> ***<span> Blessing the Outer Offerings</span><span>663</span> ***<span> Blessing the Tormas</span><span>665</span> ***<span> Inviting the Recipients of the Torma Offerings</span><span>667</span> ***<span> Presenting the Torma Offerings</span><span>673</span> **<span> The Aspirational Prayer</span><span>679</span> **<span> Verses of Auspiciousness</span><span>689</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>695</span> *<span> Index to Oral Commentary</span><span>711</span>   
H
*<span> ''Advice to Myself''</span><span>ix</span> *<span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>xv</span> *<span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xvii</span> *'''Lamp of Mahamudra''' *<span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span> *''Section One'': GROUND MAHAMUDRA **<span> The View</span><span>5</span> *''Section Two'': PATH MAHAMUDRA **<span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>19</span> **<span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>29</span> **<span> Experience and Realization</span><span>37</span> **<span> The Four Yogas</span><span>43</span> **<span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>57</span> **<span> Enhancement</span><span>71</span> *''Section Three'': FRUITION MAHAMUDRA **<span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>77</span> *<span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>85</span> *'''The Heart of the Matter''' *<span> ''Introduction''</span><span>93</span> *<span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>153</span> *<span> ''Well-wishes''</span><span>155</span> *<span> ''Glossary for'' Lamp of Mahamudra</span><span>157</span> *''Masters and Texts Quoted in'' **<span> The Heart of the Matter</span><span>197</span>   +
*<span> Dedicatory verses</span><span>1</span><br><br> <center>Book I.</center><br> *<span> I. The Merit of Studying and Preaching the Doctrine</span><span>8</span> **<span> I A. The Merit of Studying and Preaching in general. (3 b. 1)</span><span>9</span> ***<span> I Aa. The Merit of Study. (3 b. 2.)</span><span>9</span> ***<span> I Ab. The Merit of Preaching. (5 a. 1.)</span><span>11</span> ****I Aba<sub>1</sub>. Worship of Buddha by Preaching the Doctrine. (5 a. 2.) —I<br>Abb, Preaching of the Doctrine as superior to Material Gifts.<br>(5 a. 3.) — I Abc<sub>1</sub> Good Memory — a result of expoundIng Scripture.<br>(5 a. 5.) — I Abd<sub>1</sub> Augmentation of Virtue and Attainment of<br>Enlightenment by Preaching. (5 b. 1.)<br> ***<span> I Ac. The Merit of Study and Preaching taken together. (5 b. 5.)</span><span>13</span> ****1 Aca 1 Progress of Spiritual Merit through the Study of the 3 Vehicles.<br>(5 b. 6.) - 1 Acb 1 Honours of Scholarship. (6 a 2.) - I Ace l Attainment<br>of Enlightenment by the Study of the Doctrine. (6 b. 1.)<br> **<span> I B. The Special Merit of Studying and Preaching the Mahāyānistic Doctrines.<br>(6 b. 6.)</span><span>15</span> ***<span> I Ba. Prevalence over the Merit of the Hīnayānist Saints. (7 a. 1.)</span><span>16</span> ***<span> I Bb. Superiority to every other Kind of Merit in the Path. (7. a. 5.)</span><span>16</span> ***<span> I Bc. Certainty of Attaining Omniscience. (7 b. 3.)</span><span>17</span> *<span> II. General Review of the Litterature of Buddhism. (7. b. 6.)</span><span>18</span> **<span> II A. The different Meanings of the word "''dharma''". (8 a. 1.)</span><span>18</span> **<span> II B. Etymology of "''dharma''" (8 a. 5.)</span><span>19</span> **<span> II C. Definition of "''dharma''" in the sense of "The Doctrine". (9 a. 3.)</span><span>21</span> **<span> II D. The various Aspects of the Doctrine. (10 a. 2.)</span><span>23</span> ***<span> II Da. The Doctrine from the Standpoint of the Result. (10 a. 3.)</span><span>23</span> ***<span> II Db. The Doctrine as the Means of Realising Nirvāṇa (10 a. 5.)</span><span>23</span> ***<span> II Dc. The Doctrine In its Iitterary form</span><span>24</span> ****II Dca<sub>1</sub> The Word of Buddha (''pravacana''). (10 b. 4.)<br> *****II Dca<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> Its Definition (10 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Etymology of "''subhāṣita''" (including the 60 Qualities of the voice of a Buddha). (11 a. 1.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> Varieties of the Word of Buddha (B a. 5.)<br> ******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word with regard to Time. (13a.5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Varieties with regard to the Subject-Matter. (13 a. 6.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Varieties of Form. The 12 Classes. (13 b. 3.) II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>. Varieties of the Word from the standpoint of its being an Antidote against Sin. — The 3 Codes. (14 b .3.)<br> *******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The 12 Classes of Scripture as contained in the 3 Codes. (14 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> Etymology of the word "''piṭaka''". (15 a. 3.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Motives for the Establishment of the 3 Codes of Scripture. (15 a.4.)<br> ********II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>a<sub>5</sub> The Codes of Scripture as purifying from different forms of Sin. (15 a. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>b<sub>5</sub> The 3 Codes as corresponding to the 3 Disciplines. (15 b. 2.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>c<sub>5</sub> The 3 Codes with regard to the Subject studied. (15b.4.)<br> *******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> Etymology of "Sūtra" , "Abhidharma", and "Vinaya". (16 a. 2.)<br> ******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word with regard to the different converts (Hīnayāna and Mahāyāna, Philosophy and Tantra). (16 b. 5) - II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word of Buddha with regard to the opportunity, at which it was pronounced (its principal Cause). (17 b. 5.).<br> *******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The Precepts delivered by the Buddha personally. {17 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> The Word as the Result of the Buddha's Blessings. (17 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<suub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Passages containing the Expression of the Will of Buddha. (18 a. 2.).<br> ****<span> II Dcb<sub>1</sub> The Exegetical Treatises (''çāstra''). (18 a. 4.)</span><span>41</span> *****II Dcb<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> Definition. (18 a. 4.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Etymology of "''çāstra''". (18 a. 5.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> The Varieties of Exegetical Treatises. (18 b. 3.).<br> ******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Varieties as regards Quality. (18. b.3.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Varieties from the standpoint of the Aim. (18 b. 6.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Varieties of Subject-Matter (19 a. 1.).<br> *******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> Works, referring to Empirical Reality (''nīti-çāstra'' and the 5 Sciences). (19 a. 2.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Works, referring to Absolute Reality. (21 a. 5). — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> Works, showing the Way to Salvation and Omniscience. (21 a.6.).<br> *******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub> Varieties with regard to the Interpretation of Scripture. (21 b. 1.). — 1) Treatises, interpretating Early Scripture. (Hīnayāna). The Works on Vinaya and Abhidharma. (21 b. 2.) — 2. Treatises on Mādhyamika and Prajñāpāramitā. (22 a. 3.) — 3) Treatises, interpreting Scripture of the latest period. The Yogācāra litterature. (23 a. 3.)<br> ******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> The various classes of Exegetical Treatises. (24. b. 5.)<br> *<span> III. The Consideration and Fulfillment of the Rules, prescribed for Study and Teaching. (25 a. 6.)</span><span>58</span> **<span> III A. Character of the Doctrine to be taught. (25 b. 1.)</span><span>59</span> **<span> III B. Character of the Methods of Teaching. (26 b. 6.)</span><span>62</span> ***<span> IIIBa. Definition of the Teacher. (26. b. 6.)</span><span>62</span> ****<span> III Baa<su>1</sub> The High Wisdom of the Teacher. (27. b. 3.)</span><span>64</span> *****III Baa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Teacher's Knowledge of the Subject to be taught. (27 b. 4.) — III Baa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Teacher's Skill in the Means of expressing himself. (27 b. 5.) — III Baa<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> His Knowledge as to his own behaviour and as to the Guidance of his Pupils. (29 a. 2.).<br> ****<span> III Bab<sub>1</sub> The Teacher's Great Commiseration. (29 a. 6.)</span><span>68</span> ****<span> III Bac<sub>1</sub> Correct Methods. (29 b. 4.)</span><span>69</span> ***<span> III Bb. The Means of Teaching. (30 a. 2.)</span><span>70</span> ***<span> III Bc. The Character of Teaching. (31 a.5.)</span><span>73</span> ****<span> III Bca<sub>1</sub> The Character of Teaching with regard to the students.<br>(31. a. 5)</span><span>73</span> ****<span> III Bcb<sub>1</sub> The same, with regard to the Aim. (31 b. 4)</span><span>73</span> ****<span> III Bcc<sub>1</sub> The manner of conducting the Teaching. (31 b. 4.)</span><span>74</span> *****III Bcc<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>. Preparations. (31 b. 4.) — III Bcc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Teaching Itself.<br>(32 b. 5.) — III Bcc<sub1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> The Conclusion of Study. (33 a. 2.)<br> **<span> III C. Character of the Methods of Study. (33 a. 3.)</span><span>76</span> ***<span> III Ca. Character of the Student. (33 a. 3.)</span><span>77</span> ****III Caa<sub>1</sub> The Student of acute faculties. (33. a. 3)<br> *****<span> III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> His Defects. (33 a. 4.)</span><span>77</span> ******III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>13 Defects according to Vyākhyāyukti (33 a. 4) — III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> 6 Defects. (33 b. 3). — III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> 3 Defects (34 a. 1.)<br> *****III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Definition of the Student of acute faculties (34 a. 6.)<br> *****III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> The Student's Intelligence. (34 b. 1.) — III Caab<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Zeal and Desire to study. (34. b. 4.) — III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Devotion and Absence of Arrogance. (34 b. 5.)<br> ****<span> III Cab<sub>1</sub> The Hearer of mediocre Faculties. (34. b. 6.)</span><span>81</span> ****<span> III Cac<sub>1</sub> The Hearer of feeble Faculties. (35. a. 3.)</span><span>82</span> ***<span> III Cb. The Means of Study. (35 a. 6.)</span><span>82</span> ***<span> III Cc. The Manner of Studying. (36 a. 1.)</span><span>83</span> ****<span> III Cca<sub>1</sub> Preparations. (36 a. 1.)</span><span>83</span> ****<span> III Ccb<sub>1</sub> The Study by itself. (36 b. 3.)</span><span>85</span> ****<span> III Ccc<sub>1</sub> Conclusion of the Study. (36. b. 4.)</span><span>85</span> **<span> IIID. The Instructions for realising the Aim of the Doctrine. (36. b. 5.)</span><span>85</span><br><br> <center>Book II.</center><br> *<span> IV. The History of Buddhism. (39 a. 2)</span><span>90</span> **<span> IV A. The Rise of Buddhism in Indien. (39 a. 2.)</span><span>90</span> ***<span> IV Aa. The different Aeons. (39 a. 4)</span><span>90</span> ***<span> IV Ab. The Buddhas of the Fortunate Aeon. (39 a. 6)</span><span>91</span> ****IV Aba<sub>1</sub> The Version of the Karuṇā-puṇḍarīka. (1005 Buddhas) (41 b. . .) — IV Abb<sub>1</sub> The Version of the Tathāgata-acintya-guhya-nirdeça. (1000 Buddhas) (41 b. 3.)<br> ***<span> IV Ac. The Rise of the Buddha in this World. (44 b. 5.)</span><span>100</span> ****IV Aca<sub>1</sub>d<sub>2</sub> The first Creative Effort (''citta-utpāda''), according to the Hīnayānistic Tradition. (45 b. 2.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Buddha's Accumulation of Merit, according to Hīnayāna. (46 a. 2.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Hīnayānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's Attainment of Enlightenment. (47 a. 1.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Creative Effort according to the Mahāyānistic Tradition. (47 a. 2.)<br> *****IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>1</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Its essential Character. (47 a. 3.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Its Causes. (47 a. 6.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Its Result. (47 b. 2.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub> Its VarietIes from different points of view. (47 b. 4.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> The Mahāyānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's first Creative Effort. (48 b. 3.)<br> ****<span> IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Accumulation of Merit, according to Mahayana.<br>(49 a. 3.)</span><span>108</span> *****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Its Character. (49 a. 3.)<br> *****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> Its Definition (49 a. 4.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> Connection with the 6 Transcendental Virtues. (49 a. 5.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Etymology of "''saṃbhāra''". (49 a. 6.) IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> The Functions of the Accumulation (49 b. 1.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>e<sub>4</sub> Its Modes.(49 b. 1.) IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>f<sub>4</sub> Its Result. (49 b. 3.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>g<sub>4</sub> Its Sphere of Activity. (49 b. 5.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>h<sub>4</sub>, The Accumulation from different points of view. (49 b. 5.).<br> ****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> The Time of Accumulation (the 3 ''asaṁkhya''). (3 a. 3.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> The Mahāyānlstic Traditions, concerning the Buddha's Accumulation of Merit. The Account of the Bodhisattva-piṭaka. (55 b. 2.).<br> ***<span> IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Attainment of Buddhahood-Mahāyānlstic Version<br>(56 b. 4)</span><span>127</span> ****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> The Essence of Buddhahoad. (56 b. 5.)<br> *****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The Essential Character of the 3 Bodies. (57 a. 2.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> The Etymology of "''dharmakāya''" , "''saṁbhogakāya''", and "''nirmāṇakāya''". (57 a. 3.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The 3 Bodies as corresponding to their Aim. (57 b. 3.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> The 3 Bodies as the Objects of Cognition of the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. (57 b. 4.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>e<sub>4</sub> The various Aspects of the 3 Bodies. (58 a. 4.).<br> ****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> The Acts of the Buddha. (59 a. 3.)   
**<span> Introduction</span><span>3</span> **<span> The Life of the Buddha according to the ''Lalita-vistara'' (as a part of<br>   IV Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> b<sub>3</sub> — "The Acts of the Buddha" — in Vol. I.)</span><span>7</span> **<span> The Buddha's attainment of Nirvāṇa according to the ''Vinaya-kṣudraka''</span><span>56</span> *IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> A detailed Exposition of the Essence of the Doctrine. (88 a. 3.)<br> **<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub>. The Rehearsals of the Kanon. (Ibid.)</span><span>73</span> ***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> a<sub>4</sub> a<sub>5</sub>. The Rehearsals of the Hīnayānistic Scripture:<br> ****<span> The First Rehearsal. (88 a. 5.).</span><span>73</span>} ****<span> The Second Rehearsal. (96 b. 4.)</span><span>91</span> ****<span> The Third Rehearsal and the 18 Sects. (99 a. 1.)</span><span>96</span> ***<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> a<sub>4</sub> b<sub>5</sub> The Rehearsal of the Mahāyanistic Kanon.<br>     (101 a.3.)</span><span>101</span> **<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub>. The Period of Existence of the Doctrine. (101 b. 1.)</span><span>102</span> ***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> a<sub>5</sub>. The Time during Which the Doctrine is to exist [Ibid.] Quotations from Sūtras and Çāstras. Calculations of Atīça, of the Sa-skya Paṇḍita etc. regarding the time that has passed since the death of the<br>Buddha. (103 a. 5.)<br> ***<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> b<sub>5</sub>. The Prophecies concerning the persons who<br>furthered the spread of Buddhism. (104 b. 3.)</span><span>108</span> ****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Mahākaruṇā-puṇḍarīka''. (104 b. 6.).</span><span>109</span> ****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Mañjuçrī-mūla-tantra''. (105 b. 4.)</span><span>111</span> ****<span> The Prophecies concerning the Tantric Ācāryas of the ''Mahākāla-<br>tantra-rāja'' and the ''Kālacakra- Uttaratantra''. (108 b. 4.)</span><span>120</span> ***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> c<sub>5</sub>. The Celebrated Buddhist Teachers of India. (110 a. 1.)<br> ****<span> The Teacher Nāgārjuna. (Ibid.)</span><span>122</span> ****<span> The Teacher Āryādeva. (112 b. 6.)</span><span>130</span> ****<span> The Teacher Candragomin. (113 b. 3.)</span><span>132</span> ****<span> The Teacher Candrakīrti. (114 b. 2.)</span><span>134</span> ****<span> The Biography of the Brothers Āryāsanga and Vasubandhu.<br>(115 a. 2.)</span><span>136</span> ****<span> The Teacher Sthiramati. (119 a. 6.)</span><span>147</span> ****<span> The Teacher Dignāga. (120 a. 4.)</span><span>149</span> ****<span> The Teacher Dharmakīrti. (121 b.6.)</span><span>152</span> ****<span> The Teacher Haribhadra. (123 b. 3.)</span><span>156</span> ****<span> The Teacher Guṇaprabha. (125 b. 5.)</span><span>160</span> ****<span> The Teacher Çāntideva. (126 b. 1.)</span><span>161</span> ****<span> The History of the Grammatical Literature. (128 b. 5.)</span><span>166</span> ****<span> The Lost Parts of the Kanon. (130 a. 6.)</span><span>169</span> ***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> c<sub>4</sub>. The Cessation of the Existence of the Doctrine. (131 b.4.)<br> ****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Candragarbha-paripṛcchā'', etc.</span><span>171</span> **<span> IV B. The History of Buddhism in Tibet. (137 a.1.)</span><span>181</span> ***IV. Ba. The Earlier Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine. (137 a. 2.)<br> ****<span> The Genealogy of the early Tibetan Kings. (137 a. 4.)</span><span>181</span> ****<span> The Reign of Sroṅ-tsen-gam-po. (138. a 2.)</span><span>183</span> ****<span> The Reign of Ṭhi-sroṅ-de-tsen. (139 b. 1.)</span><span>186</span> ****<span> The Controversy between Kamalaçīla and the Hva-çaṅ<br>Mahāyāna. (143 a. 1.)</span><span>193</span> ****<span> The Reign of Ral-pa-can. (144 b. 6.)</span><span>196</span> ****<span> The Persecution of Laṅ-dar-ma. (145 b. 2.)</span><span>197</span> ***IV. Bb. The Subsequent Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine.<br>     (147 a. 1.)<br> ****<span> The Activity of the 10 Monks of Ü and Tsaṅ (Ibid.)</span><span>201</span> ****<span> The Monasteries and Monastic Sections founded by them.<br>(148 a. 6.)</span><span>203</span> ****<span> The Arrival of Dīpaṁkaraçrījñāna (Atīça). (153 a. 4.)</span><span>213</span> ****<span> The Translation of the Kanonical Texts by the Lotsavas and Paṇḍits.<br>(153 b. 1.)</span><span>214</span>   
I
* <span> Foreword by Jan-Ulrich Sobisch </span><span> 3 </span> * <span> Introduction and acknowledgements</span><span> 3 </span> * <span> Provenance </span><span> 3 </span> * <span> Other known copies</span><span> 3 </span> * <span> Features of the manuscript</span><span> 4 </span> * <span> Dating the manuscript </span><span> 5 </span> * <span> Scribes and annotators </span><span>6 </span> * <span> Carbon dating </span><span> 7 </span> * <span> The author's introduction to the text and the order of chapters </span><span> 8 </span> * <span> Translation of the introduction as found in the manuscript</span><span>9 </span> * <span> Table of contents of the manuscript and concordance </span><span>11 </span> * <span> Summary of the Foreword in Tibetan </span><span> 14 </span> *Dorje Sherab (rDo rje shes rab) * <span> Illuminator, a Light of Gnosis: The Great Commentary on The Single Intention (dGongs gcig 'grel chen snang mdzad ye shes sgron me)</span><span>17</span>   +
* <span> '''Preface'''</span><span>ix</span> * <span> '''1. Impermanence'''</span><span>1</span> * <span> '''2. Buddha-nature'''</span><span>18</span> * <span> '''3. Being-time'''</span><span>24</span> * <span> '''4. Birth and Death'''</span><span>72</span> * <span> '''5. Dialectic'''</span><span>78</span> * <span> '''6. Time and eternity'''</span><span>94</span> * <span> '''7. Thinking'''</span><span>113</span> * <span> '''Epilogue'''</span><span>130</span> * <span> '''Notes'''</span><span>133</span> * <span> '''References'''</span><span>141</span> * <span> '''Index'''</span><span>145</span>   +
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>7</span> * <span> An Aspiration by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé</span><span> 9</span> * <span> Foreword by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé </span><span>11</span> * <span> Foreword by The Dzogchen Ponlop Rinpoche</span><span>13</span> * <span> Preface</span><span>17</span> *<span> Nāgārjuna and His Works</span><span>21</span> **<span> Who Was Nāgārjuna? </span><span>21</span> **<span> What Did Nāgārjuna Write or Not Write? </span><span>22</span> **<span> Various Views on Nāgārjuna's Scriptural Legacy and Its Scope </span><span>30</span> **<span> Who or What Is Praised in Nāgārjuna's Praises?</span><span>43</span> *<span> A Brief "History" of Luminous Mind</span><span>57</span> **<span> A Terminological Map for the ''Dharmadhātustava'' and Its Commentaries</span><span>57</span> ***<span> ''The Eight Consciousnesses''</span><span>57</span> ***<span> ''The World Is Imagination''</span><span>59</span> ***<span> ''Mind Has Three Natures''</span><span>60</span> ***<span> ''A Fundamental Change of State''</span><span>63</span> ***<span> ''The Expanse of the Basic Element of Being''</span><span>63</span> ***<span> ''Self-Awareness and Personal Experience''</span><span>64</span> ***<span> ''Having the Heart of a Tathāgata''</span><span>66</span> ***<span> ''Luminous Mind''</span><span>67</span> **<span> Luminous Mind and Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>68</span> ***<span> ''The Eighth Karmapa on the Dharmadhātu as "Disposition" and Tathāgata Heart''</span><span>83</span> ***<span> ''Is Buddha Nature an Eternal Soul or Sheer Emptiness?''</span><span>102</span> *<span> The ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>113</span> **<span> An Overview of the Basic Themes of the ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>113</span> **<span> Translation: ''In Praise of Dharmadhātu''</span><span>117</span> **<span> The Significance of the ''Dharmadhātustava'' in the Indo-Tibetan Tradition</span><span>130</span> *<span> The Third Karmapa, Rangjung Dorje, and His Commentary on the<br>''Dharmadhātustava'' </span><span>157</span> **<span> A Short Biography </span><span>157</span> **<span> Some Preliminary Remarks on Rangjung Dorje's View</span><span>159</span> **<span> On Rangjung Dorje's Commentary on the ''Dharmadhātustava'' </span><span>193</span> **<span> Other Tibetan Commentaries on the ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>198</span> **<span> Translation of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary</span><span>206</span> *<span> Appendix I: ''Outline of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary''</span><span>307</span> *<span> Appendix II: ''Existing Translations of the Praises Attributed to Nāgārjuna in the''<br>Tengyur</span><span>310</span> *<span> Appendix III: ''Translations of the Remaining Praises''</span><span>313</span> *<span> Glossary: ''English-Sanskrit-Tibetan''</span><span>325</span> *<span> Glossary: ''Tibetan-Sanskrit-English''</span><span>329</span> *<span> Bibliography</span><span>333</span> *<span> Endnotes</span><span>344</span> *<span> Index</span><span>426</span>   
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>''page'' vii</span> *<span> ''Apparatus''</span><span>xiii</span> *<span> ''Texts''</span><span>1</span> *<span> ORIENTAL (British Museum) (Or.)</span><span>1</span> *<span> Hoernle (H.)</span><span>25–77, 80–106</span> *<span> Stein E. 1. 7</span><span>77–79</span> *<span> Suvarṇbhāsa-sūtra</span><span>106–119</span> *<span> Khadaliq (Kha.)</span><span>119</span> *<span> Mazar Tagh (M.T.)</span><span>192</span> *<span> Balawaste</span><span>226</span> *<span> Ch. 0042 (Ch. Ch'ien-fo tung)</span><span>236</span> *<span> Ch. 0047 Uttaratantra</span><span>237</span> *<span> P 2740</span><span>239</span> *<span> Ch. 0020</span><span>242</span> *<span> Ch. 1. 0019</span><span>242</span> *<span> Ch. xlvi 0015 a Aparimitāyuḥ-sūtra</span><span>243</span> *<span> Ch. c. 001 755–851</span><span>249</span> *<span> Ch. c. 001 1062–1109</span><span>253</span> *<span> Ch. c. 002</span><span>255</span> *<span> Dandan öilik (D.)</span><span>255</span> **(D. III 1, p. 69) *<span> Dumaqu</span><span>263</span> *<span> Farhad beg (F.)</span><span>271</span> *<span> Hardinge</span><span>271</span> *<span> Harvard</span><span>291</span> *<span> Huntington</span><span>294</span> *<span> Hedong</span><span>295</span> *<span> Karma text</span><span>''page'' 296</span> *<span> Khotanese (India Office) (Khot. IO)</span><span>290–313, 346–354</span> *<span> Kuduk köl</span><span>313</span> *<span> Leningrad S</span><span>313</span> *<span> Otani</span><span>313</span> *<span> Pelliot (P.)</span><span>315</span> *<span> Sampula</span><span>327</span> *<span> Saṃghāṭa-sūtra</span><span>328</span> *<span> Tajik (Taj.)</span><span>354</span> *<span> Toghrak Mazar (T.M.)</span><span>354</span> *<span> E, folio 294</span><span>355</span> *<span> Kauśika-sūtra</span><span>356</span> *<span> Sitātapatrā-dhāraṇī S 2529 and Ch. c. 001, 1–198</span><span>359, 368</span> *<span> Appendix</span><span>377</span> *<span> Concordance</span><span>390</span> *<span> Addenda</span><span>394</span>   
**<span> Figures</span><span>viii</span> **<span> Preface</span><span>ix</span> **<span> Abbreviations and Conventions</span><span>xiii</span> *INTRODUCTION **<span> A Window on Chinese Buddhist Thought</span><span>3</span> **<span> Historical Context</span><span>25</span> **<span> A Note on the Translation</span><span>38</span> *<span> RUNNING TRANSLATION</span><span>41</span> *ANNOTATED TRANSLATION AND COMMENTARY **<span> Tsung-mi's Preface</span><span>65</span> **Part 1 Exposing Deluded Attachments: ***<span> Confucianism and Taoism</span><span>80</span> **Part 2 Exposing the Partial and Superficial: ***<span> Introduction</span><span>105</span> ***<span> The Teaching of Humans and Gods</span><span>110</span> ***<span> The Teaching of the Lesser Vehicle</span><span>128</span> ***<span> The Teaching of the Phenomenal Appearances of the Dharmas</span><span>148</span> ***<span> The Teaching That Refutes Phenomenal Appearances</span><span>161</span> ***<span> Conclusion</span><span>176</span> **Part 3 Directly Revealing the True Source: ***<span> The Teaching That Reveals the Nature</span><span>177</span> **Part 4: Reconciling Root and Branch: ***<span> The Process of Phenomenal Evolution</span><span>189</span> **<span> Glossary of Names, Terms, and Texts</span><span>207</span> **<span> A Guide to Supplemental Readings</span><span>227</span> **<span> Bibliography of Works Cited</span><span>235</span> **<span> Index</span><span>249</span>   +
* <span> Abstract</span><span>2</span> * <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>7</span> * <span> Abbreviations</span><span>10</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>13</span> ** <span> 1. Context</span><span>13</span> ** <span> 2. Buddhist Hermeneutics: Literature Review</span><span>28</span> ** <span> 3. Division of Topics</span><span>38</span> * <span> Chapter 1</span><span>43</span> * <span> The Place and Importance of the Five Treatises of Maitreya in Tibetan Buddhist Doctrine</span><span>43</span> ** <span> 1. Tibetan fields of knowledge</span><span>43</span> ** <span> 2. The importance of Madhyamaka for doctrinal identity</span><span>48</span> ** <span> 3. Scriptural sources for Perfection of Wisdom and Madhyamaka</span><span>51</span> ** <span> 4. The Tension Between Two Currents</span><span>56</span> ** <span> 5. The Importance of a Resolution</span><span>60</span> * <span> Chapter 2: Tibetan Interpretations of the Five Treatises</span><span>70</span> *** <span> Note on Method</span><span>71</span> ** <span> 1. Definition and History of the notion of the "Five Treatises"</span><span>74</span> *** <span> 1. History of the Five Treatises in Tibet</span><span>75</span> **** <span> a) The Treatises translated during the early propagation<br> (snga dar)</span><span>75</span> **** <span> b) The Five Treatises at the time of the later propagation<br>(phyi dar)</span><span>77</span> *** <span> 2. History of the Concept of the Five Treatises</span><span>80</span> ** <span> 2. Interpretations of the Five Treatises</span><span>89</span> **** <span> rNgog Lotsāwa Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109)</span><span>89</span> **** <span> Phya pa Chos kyi seng ge (1109-? )</span><span>90</span> **** <span> Sa skya Paṇḍita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251)</span><span>92</span> **** <span> Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1360)</span><span>96</span> **** <span> Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364)</span><span>99</span> **** <span> kLong chen rab ―byams (1308-1363)</span><span>101</span> **** <span> Third Karmapa Rang byung rdo rje (1284-1339)</span><span>104</span> **** <span> Blo gros mtshungs med (early 1300s)</span><span>106</span> **** <span> Red mda' ba gZhon nu bLo gros (1349-1412)</span><span>108</span> **** <span> Tsong kha pa bLo bzang grags pa (1357-1419)</span><span>110</span> **** <span> Rong ston Shes bya kun rig (1367-1449)</span><span>112</span> ** <span> 3. Analysis and typology of interpretations</span><span>113</span> * <span> Chapter 3: Śākya mchog ldan's defense of the definitive meaning of the Five<br>                  Treatises in the Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba</span><span>120</span> ** <span> 1. The Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba</span><span>122</span> ** <span> 2. The Order of the Five Treatises</span><span>125</span> ** <span> 3. The Doxographical Classification of the Five Treatises</span><span>130</span> *** <span> 1. Privileging the authority of Asaṅga and Vasubandhu</span><span>133</span> *** <span> 2. Stressing passages against reification of mind in the<br>    Five Treatises and their commentaries</span><span>139</span> *** <span> 3. Śākya mchog ldan's systematic harmonization of the meaning of the<br>   Five Treatises</span><span>142</span> **** <span> a) Interpretation of the Abhisamayālaṅkāra</span><span>143</span> **** <span> b) Interpretation of Ratnagotravibhāga as other-emptiness (gzhan<br>    stong)</span><span>149</span> ** <span> 4. Summary of the meaning of the Five Treatises</span><span>154</span> ** <span> 5. Analysis and interpretation</span><span>158</span> * <span> Chapter 4: The Place of the Five Treatises in the Thought of Śākya mchog<br>                   ldan</span><span>164</span> ** <span> 1. Śākya mchog ldan's Interpretation of the Five Treatises in Works Other<br>   than the BCN</span><span>165</span> ** <span> 2. Elements of Śākya mchog ldan's general interpretation of Mahāyāna<br>   Doctrines</span><span>180</span> *** <span> 1. General classification of the Mahāyāna</span><span>180</span> *** <span> 2. Śākya mchog ldan's attitude towards the view of niḥsvabhāvavāda</span><span>184</span> *** <span> 3. Interpretation of Vajrayāna as tantric Madhyamaka</span><span>190</span> *** <span> 4. Śākya mchog ldan on Pramāṇa Theory</span><span>193</span> *** <span> 5. Interpretation of buddha nature</span><span>195</span> ** <span> Summary</span><span>196</span> * <span> Conclusion</span><span>200</span> * <span> Appendix 1: Translation of the introductory part of the Byams chos lnga'i nges<br>don rab tu gsal ba of Śākya mchog ldan</span><span>205</span> ** <span> 1. Preliminary remarks</span><span>205</span> ** <span> 2. Translation</span><span>207</span> * <span> Bibliography</span><span>254</span> ** <span> Bibliography of Indian and Tibetan Sources</span><span>254</span> ** <span> Modern Scholarship</span><span>262</span>   
* <span> SECTION ONE: THE PREREQUISITES</span><span>PAGE 1</span> * <span> SECTION TWO: THE VIEW</span><span>PAGE 2</span> * <span> SECTION THREE: THE MEDITATION</span><span>PAGE 17</span> * <span> SECTION FOUR: THE CONDUCT</span><span>PAGE 33</span> * <span> SECTION FIVE: THE RESULT</span><span>PAGE 34</span>   +
J
* <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>vii</span> * '''Part One: Life and Context''' ** <span> One. Mipam's Life</span><span>3</span> ** <span> Two. Background of Buddhism in India</span><span>17</span> ** <span> Three. Buddhist Identity in Tibet</span><span>39</span> ** <span> Four. Survey of Mipam's Works</span><span>55</span> * '''Part Two: Overview of Mipam's Buddhist Works''' ** <span> Five. Unity</span><span>67</span> ** <span> Six. Mind-Only and the Middle Way</span><span>81</span> ** <span> Seven. Emptiness and the Nonconceptual</span><span>99</span> ** <span> Eight. Immanent Wisdom</span><span>119</span> ** <span> Conclusion</span><span>135</span> * '''Part Three: Select Translations''' ** <span> 1. Emptiness and Analysis</span><span>141</span> ** <span> 2. Conceiving the Inconceivable</span><span>142</span> ** <span> 3. Unity and Buddha-Nature</span><span>143</span> ** <span> 4. Steps to the Middle Way</span><span>145</span> ** <span> 5. No-Self</span><span>146</span> ** <span> 6. Unmistaken Emptiness</span><span>147</span> ** <span> 7. Meditation on Emptiness</span><span>149</span> ** <span> 8. Mind- Only and the Middle Way</span><span>150</span> ** <span> 9. Mind-Only and the Middle Way II</span><span>151</span> ** <span> 10. Reflexive Awareness</span><span>155</span> ** <span> 11. Consequence and Autonomy</span><span>157</span> ** <span> 12. Consequence and Autonomy II</span><span>158</span> ** <span> 13. Two Truths</span><span>160</span> ** <span> 14. Unconditioned Buddha-Nature</span><span>163</span> ** <span> 15. Appearance and Reality</span><span>167</span> ** <span> 16. From the Two Wheels of Sutra to Tantra</span><span>169</span> ** <span> 17. EstablishingAppearancesasDivine</span><span>170</span> ** <span> 18. Fourfold Valid Cognition</span><span>173</span> ** <span> 19. Practical Advice for Beginners</span><span>175</span> ** <span> 20. Practical Advice for Monastics</span><span>176</span> ** <span> 21. Practical Advice on the Path of Illusion</span><span>179</span> ** <span> 22. Stages to Calm Abiding</span><span>182</span> ** <span> 23. Stillness, Movement, and Awareness in the Great Seal</span><span>187</span> ** <span> 24. Method for Sustaining the Nature of Awareness</span><span>189</span> ** <span> 25. A Quintessential Instruction on the Vital Point in Three Statements</span><span>191</span> ** <span> 26. Ground, Path, and Fruition of the Great Perfection</span><span>192</span> ** <span> 27. Bringing Afflictions onto the Path</span><span>194</span> ** <span> 28. Mind and Wisdom</span><span>196</span> ** <span> 29. Sutra and Tantra</span><span>198</span> ** <span> 30. Sword of Intelligence: Method for Meditating on Bodhicitta</span><span>201</span> ** <span> 31. Lily of Wisdom s Presence</span><span>204</span> ** <span> 32. Verse of Auspiciousness</span><span>208</span> * <span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>209</span> * <span> ''Notes''</span><span>211</span> * <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>225</span> * <span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>229</span> * <span> ''Index''</span><span>239</span>   
L
*<span> AVANT-PROPOS</span><span>1</span> *<span> BIBLIOGRAPHIE</span><span>17</span> *<span> LISTE DES ABRÉVIATIONS</span><span>29</span> *<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>31</span><br><br> *<span> ''Première Partie''. — '''La théorie mahāyāniste du « gotra »'''</span><span>71</span> *<span> CHAPITRE I. La doctrine du ''gotra'' dans l'école du Vijñānavāda<br>      et dans ses sources canoniques</span><span>73</span> *<span>       Le ''gotra'' selon le ''Mahāgānasūtrālaṃkāra''</span><span>77</span> *<span>       Le ''gotra'' selon la ''Bodhisattvabhūmi'' et la ''Śrāvakabhūmi''</span><span>86</span> *<span>       Le ''Mahāyānasaṃgraha''</span><span>94</span> *<span>       Le ''dhātu'' et le ''gotra'' selon le ''Madhyāntavibhāga''</span><span>97</span> *<span>       Critique de la doctrine du ''gotra'' selon l'école du Cittamātra<br>      par Tsoṅ kha pa</span><span>101</span> *<span> CHAPITRE II. Allusions au thème du ''gotra'' dans la littérature de<br>      l'école des Mādhyamika</span><span>109</span> *<span> CHAPITRE III. La théorie du ''gotra'' dans l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra'' et ses<br>      commentaires</span><span>123</span> *<span> Les topiques de l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra'' 1. 37-38 selon les Résumés de 'Jam<br>      dbyaṅs bžad pa et Kloṅ rdol bla ma</span><span>134</span> *<span> La doctrine du ''gotra'' selon le ''Yid kyi mun sel'' de Ña dbon</span><span>139</span> *<span> La doctrine du ''gotra'' selon le ''rNam bšad sñiṅ po'i rgyan'' de<br>      rGyal tshab rje</span><span>155</span><br><br> *<span> ''Deuxième Partie''. — '''L'Éveil universel et le Véhicule unique'''</span><span>175</span> *<span> CHAPITRE I. Le problème de l'Éveil universel et du Véhicule unique</span><span>177</span> *<span> CHAPITRE II. La théorie de l'Éveil universel et de l' ''ekayāna'' dans les<br>      commentaires de l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra''</span><span>189</span> *<span> Le problème de la fin du ''saṃsāra''</span><span>205</span> *<span> L'Éveil universel selon l'école des dGe lugs pa</span><span>217</span> *<span> CHAPITRE III. Résumé des doctrines des écoles bouddhiques sur<br>      l' ''ekayāna'' et l'Éveil universel selon le ''Grub mtha' rin chen phreṅ ba'' de<br>      dKon mchog 'Jigs med dbaṅ po</span><span>237</span> *<span> CHAPITRE IV. La théorie de l' ''ekayāna'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>241</span><br><br> *<span> Troisième Partie. — '''La théorie du « tathâgatagarbha »'''</span><span>245</span> *<span> CHAPITRE I. Analyse du ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et de sa « Vyākhyā »</span><span>247</span> *<span> CHAPITRE II Le ''garbha'' et le ''dhātu'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>261</span> *<span> CHAPITRE III. La théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha'' dans la « Vyākhyā » du<br>      ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>265</span> *<span> CHAPITRE IV. Notions apparentées à la théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha''<br>      et du ''dhātu'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et sas « Vyākhyā »</span><span>275</span> *<span>       Le ''dharmakāya''</span><span>275</span> *<span>       La ''tathatā''</span><span>276</span> *<span>       Le ''gotra''</span><span>277</span> *<span>       La Gnose et l'Action Compatissante du Buddha</span><span>286</span> *<span>       Observations de rGyal tshab rje</span><span>291</span> *<span> CHAPITRE V. La nature inexprimable et inconnaissable de<br>      l'Absolu</span><span>297</span> *<span> CHAPITRE VI. Les qualités indispensables pour la compréhension<br>      de la Réalité absolue</span><span>309</span> *<span> CHAPITRE VII. Le ''tathāgatagarbha'' et la ''śūnyatā''</span><span>313</span> *<span> CHAPITRE VIII. La notion de la Réalité absolue dans le<br>      ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et dans des textes parallèles</span><span>319</span> **<span> 1. La ''śūnyatā'', la « Vacuité relative » et le « Vide de l'autre »</span><span>319</span> **<span> 2. L'inséparabilité des qualités du buddha</span><span>347</span> ***<span> a. Le ''prabhāvitatva''</span><span>347</span> ***<span> b. Les « modes » excellents de l'Absolu et la ''sarvākāravaropetaśūnyatā''</span><span>351</span> ***<span> c. ''Avinirbhāga'', ''sambaddha'' et ''amuktajña'' comme épithètes des qualités de l'Absolu</span><span>357</span> **<span> 3. La détermination positive de la réalité absolue</span><span>362</span> **<span>    L'indication de l'Absolu par la définition distinctive dans<br>   l'Advaita-Vedānta</span><span>388</span> *<span> CHAPITRE IX. La théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha'' et du ''gotra'' selon<br>      Guṅ than 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅs</span><span>393</span><br><br> *<span> ''Quatrième Partie''. — '''La luminosité naturelle de la Pensée'''</span><span>409</span> *<span> CHAPITRE I. La notion de la Pensée lumineuse dans les Sūtra</span><span>411</span> *<span> CHAPITRE II. La luminosité de la Pensée et l' ''āsrayaparivṛtti'' dans le<br>      ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et sa «Vyākhyā»</span><span>419</span> *<span> CHAPITRE III. La luminosité de la Pensée selon des traités du<br>      Vijñānavāda et du Madhyamaka</span><span>425</span> *<span> CHAPITRE IV. La Pensée lumineuse et la connaissance immaculée chez<br>      Dignāga et Dharmakīrti</span><span>431</span> *<span> CHAPITRE V. l' ''amalavijñāna''</span><span>439</span> *<span> CHAPITRE VI. La luminosité du ''citta'' selon Guṅ thaṅ 'Jam<br>      pa'i dbyaṅs</span><span>445</span> *<span> APPENDICES</span><span>455</span> *<span> I. Sur le ''gotra'' et des notions associées dans le Canon Pāli et dans<br>      l'Abhidharma</span><span>455</span> *<span> II. Sur les notions de ''bīja'', d' ''āśraya'', de ''vāsanā'', et de ''dhātu''</span><span>472</span> *<span> III. Le ''sarvajñabīja'' des ''Yogasūtra''</span><span>496</span> *<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>499</span> *<span> INDEX</span><span>517</span>   
*<span> Préface</span><span>IX</span> *<span> LIVRE PREMIER. — '''LES ORGANES DE LA RELIGION'''</span><span>1</span> *<span> Chapitre premier. — '''Le Bouddha'''</span><span>3</span> *<span> Chapitre II. — '''L'ÉGLISE'''</span><span>25</span> ***Les religieux, 26; les laïques, 39. *<span> Chapitre III. — '''Les fixations littéraires de la doctrine'''</span><span>59</span> ***Les schismes et la rédaction des trois « Corbeilles », 63;<br>Mahâyâna et Hînayâna, 77. *<span> LIVRE DEUXIÈME. — '''LA DOCTRINE DE LA SOUFFRANCE ET DU SALUT'''</span><span>87</span> *<span> Chapitre PREMIER. — '''Les conditions générales du salut'''</span><span>90</span> *<span> Chapitre II. — '''Thérapeutique de la volonté'''</span><span>114</span> *<span> Chapitre III. — '''Thérapeutique de l'intelligence'''</span><span>151</span> **<span> Première Partie. — Les fondements de la doctrine</span><span>151</span> ***La théorie des agrégats, 159; la doctrine du ''karman'', 166; la formule des<br>Nobles Vérités, 181; la loi de la Génération conditionnée, 185. **<span> Deuxième Partie. — Les applications de la doctrine</span><span>199</span> ***L'âme, 200; l'âme universelle et Dieu sont niés, 218; le monde et<br>les dieux, 221; le Bouddha, 231; les bodhisattva, 249. **<span> Troisième Partie. — Les développements métaphysiques de la doctrine</span><span>255</span> ***Le phénoménisme dans l'ancienne Eglise, 259; Vaibhâska et Sautrântika,<br>265; Yogâcâra, 266; Mâdhyamika, 273; L'existence ultraphénoménale et<br>les bouddhas transcendants, 285. ***L'existence absolue (''Tathatâ''), 299; la doctrine du Triple Corps des<br>bouddhas (''trikaya''), 310; la doctrine du Tathâgatagarbha, 318. *<span> Chapitre IV. — '''L'élaboration du salut'''</span><span>326</span> ***Remarque préliminaire: deux idéals et deux méthodes, 326. **<span> Première Partie. — Comment on devient ''arhat''</span><span>335</span> ***Les quatre Voies, 335; la conversion, 339; les exercices et les expériences,<br>345; la marche à la ''bodhi'' par la méthode de concentration, 346; la marche<br>à la ''bodhi'' par la méthode de contemplation extatique, 360; l' ''arhat'', 376. **<span> Deuxième Partie. — La carrière des bodhisattva</span><span>379</span> **<span> Troisième Partie. — Les déviations de l'idéal et de la méthode bouddhiques</span><span>422</span> ***Le bouddhisme dévot, 425; le bouddhisme formaliste et mystique, 427; le bouddhisme érotique, 437. *<span> Chapitre V. — '''Le nirvâna'''</span><span>441</span> *<span> LIVRE III. — '''LA PLACE ET LE ROLE DU BOUDDHISME DANS<br>   L'HISTOIRE DE LA THÉOSOPHIE INDIENNE'''</span><span>461</span> *<span> Chapitre premier. — '''Le dharma bouddhique'''</span><span>462</span> *<span> Chapitre II — '''Les éléments théosophiques et les éléments religieux du<br>   bouddhisme'''</span><span>479</span> *<span> Chapitre III. — '''Le bouddhisme et les autres systèmes religieux de l'Inde'''</span><span>495</span> *<span> Conclusion</span><span>521</span> *<span> Liste des abréviations avec l'indication des éditions utilisées</span><span>527</span> *<span> Table méthodique des sources utilisées</span><span>533</span> *<span> Index alphabétique</span><span>535</span> *<span> Erratum</span><span>539</span> *<span> Table des matières</span><span>541</span>   
* <span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span> * <span> ''Translator's Preface''</span><span>xi</span> * <span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span> * <span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span> * SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA * <span> The View</span><span>5</span> * SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA * <span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>17</span> * <span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>25</span> * <span> Experience and Realization</span><span>32</span> * <span> The Four Yogas</span><span>36</span> * <span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>47</span> * <span> Enhancement</span><span>57</span> * SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA * <span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>63</span> * <span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>69</span> * <span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>75</span> * <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>77</span>   +
* <span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span> * <span> ''Translator's Preface''</span><span>xi</span> * <span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span> * <span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span> * SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA * <span> The View</span><span>5</span> * SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA * <span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>17</span> * <span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>25</span> * <span> Experience and Realization</span><span>32</span> * <span> The Four Yogas</span><span>36</span> * <span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>47</span> * <span> Enhancement</span><span>57</span> * SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA * <span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>63</span> * <span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>69</span> * <span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>75</span> * <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>77</span>   +
* <span> Préface et remerciements</span><span>11</span> * <span> Introduction</span><span>15</span> * '''PREMIÈRE PARTIE. La Vie et les Enseignements de l'Omniscient Dolpopa''' ** <span> ''Chapitre I: La vie du Buddha du Dolpo''</span><span>27</span> ** <span> 1. Enfance et première éducation</span><span>28</span> ** <span> 2. Etudes au grand monastère de Sakya</span><span>30</span> ** <span> 3. L'entrée à Jonang</span><span>35</span> ** <span> 4. Edification du mont Mérou et exposition de la vue philosophique du<br>Shèntong</span><span>40</span> ** <span> 5. Accueil initial des enseignements du Shèntong</span><span>45</span> ** <span> 6. La nouvelle traduction jonangpa du Kālachakra et de la Vimalaprabhā</span><span>47</span> ** <span> 7. Années de retraite et d'enseignement</span><span>54</span> ** <span> 8. Invitation en Chine par l'empereur Toghon Temour de la dynastie Yuan</span><span>55</span> ** <span> 9. Changements de supérieur à Jonang et début du voyage à Lhassa</span><span>58</span> ** <span> 10. Enseignements au Tibetn central et retour au Tsang</span><span>62</span> ** <span> 11. Rencontre manquée avec Bouteun Rinchèn Droup</span><span>65</span> ** <span> 12. Les derniers mois à Jonang</span><span>68</span> ** <span> ''Chapitre II: Etude historique de la tradition du Shèntong au Tibet''</span><span>75</span> ** <span> 1. La tradition du Shèntong au Tibet avant Dolpopa</span><span>76</span> ** <span> 2. Dolpopa et la vue du Shèntong</span><span>81</span> ** <span> La tradition du Shèntong après Dolpopa</span><span>95</span> ** <span> ''Chapitre III: La doctrine du Bouddha du Dolpo''</span><span>129</span> ** <span> 1. Vacuité de nature propre et vauité d'autre</span><span>132</span> ** <span> 2. Redéfinition du Cittamātra et du Madhyamaka</span><span>137</span> ** <span> 3. Deux voies d'illumination</span><span>154</span> * '''DEUXIIÈME PARTIE. Textes Traduits''' ** <span> Introduction à la traduction du ''Commentaire général de la doctrine''</span><span>165</span> ** <span> L'invocation intitulée ''Commentaire général de la doctrine'' </span><span>171</span> ** <span> Introduction à la traduction du ''Quantrième Concile Grand Traité chronologique<br>del la Doctrine, ayant le sens d'un Quatrième Concile'' </span><span>197</span> * <span> Bibliographie </span><span>265</span> * <span> Index </span><span>287</span>   
*<span> Avant-Propos</span><span>1</span> *<span> Abréviations</span><span>v</span> <center>INTRODUCTION</center> <center>CHAPITRE I<sup>er</sup></center> *<span> Pénétration du Bouddhisme en Chine</span><span>VII</span> <center>CHAPITRE II</center> *<span> Les Sources</span><span>XXXII</span> <center>PREMIÈRE PARTIE</center> <center>'''Les Églises du Nord (68-581 A. D.)'''</center> <center>CHAPITRE I<sup>er</sup></center> *<span> Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Han Posté-Rieurs (68–220 A. D.)</span><span>3</span> **La primière Église de Lo-yang: **  1. Kâçyapa MâtaIiga. — 2. Dharmaratna. — 3. Ngan Che- kao. — 4. Lokakṣema (Tche ''Lou-kia-tch'an''). — 5. Tchou Fo-cho. — 6. Ngan Hiuan. — 7. Yen Fo-t'iao (Buddhadeva). — 8. Tche Yao. — 9. K'ang Kiu. — 10. K'ang Mong-siang. — 11. Tchou Ta-li — 12. T'an-kouo. — 13. Ouvrages anonymes. <center>CHAPITRE II</center> *<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei (220–265 A. D.)</span><span> 73</span> **La seconde Église de Lo-yang : **  1. DharmakâIa. — 2. Saṅghavarman. — 3. Dharmasatya (?). — 4. Po-yen. — 5. Dharmabhadra (?). *<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Occidentaux (265–316 A. D.)</span><span>83</span> **La première église de Tch'ang-ngan: **  1. Dharmarakṣa (''Tchou Fa hou''). — 2. Kâlaruci. — 3. Ngan Fa-k'in. — 4. Tchou Che-hing. — 5. Mokṣala. — 6. Tchou Chou-Ian. — 7. Nie Tch'eng-yuan. — 8. Nie Tao-tchen. — 9. Po Fa-tsou. — 10. Che Fa-li. — 11. Wei Che-tou. — 12. Tche Min-tou. — 13. Che Fa-kiu. — 14. Tche Fa-tou. — 15. Nârâyaṇa. — 16. Ouvrages anonymes. *<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Antérieurs (350–394 A. D.)</span><span>154</span> **La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan: **  1. T'an-mo-tche (Dharmadhī). — 2. Dharmapriya. — 3. Kumârabodhi. — 4. Dharmanandi. — 5. Saṅghabhûti. — 6. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 7. Che Tao-ngan. *<span> IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Postérieurs (384–417 A. D.)</span><span>170</span> **La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan: **  1. Tchou Fo-nien. — 2. Dharmayaças. —3. Puṇyatrâta. — 4. Kumârajiva. — 5. Buddhayaças. — 6. Che Seng-tchao. — 7. Che Seng-jouei. — 8. Che Tao-heng. <center>CHAPITRE III</center> *<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (Tchang Leang, 302–376 A. D. et Pei Leang, 397–439 A. D.)</span><span>209</span> **L'Église de Kou-tsang: **  1. Tche Che-louen. — 2. Che Tao-kong. — 3. Che Fa-tchong. — 4. Seng Kia-t'o. — 5. Dharmakṣema. — 6. ''Tsiu-k'iu'' King-cheng. — 7. Buddhavarman. — 8. Che Tche-mong. - 9. Che Tao-t'ai. — 10. Che Fa-cheng. — 11. Che Houei-kiao. — 12. Ouvrages anonymes. *<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Occidentaux (385–431 A. D.)</span><span>234</span> **L'Église de Pao han: **  1. Che Cheng-kien. — 2. Ouvrages anonymes. *<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei du Nord (384–534 A. D.)</span><span>242</span> **L'Église de Pei-t'ai à Heng-ngan (Ta-t'ong fou): **  1. Che T'an-yao. — 2. Che T'an-tsing. — 3. Ki-kia-ye. **La troisième Église de Lo-yang: **  4. Che T'an-pien. — 5. Dharmaruci. — 6. Che Fa-tch'ang. — 7. Ratnamati. — 8. Buddhaçânta. — 9. Bodhiruci. *<span> IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei Orientaux (534–550 A. D.)</span><span>261</span> **L'Église de Ye : **  1. Gautama Prajñâruci. — 2. Upaçûnya. — 3. Vimokṣasena. — 4. Dharmabodhi. — 5. Yang Hiuan-tche. *<span> V. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i du Nord (550–557 A. D.)</span><span>270</span> **L'Église de Ye : **  1. Narendrayaças. — 2. Wang T'ien-yi. *<span> VI. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tcheou du Nord (557–581 A. D.)</span><span>273</span> **La troisième Église de Tch'ang-ngan: **  1. Jñânabhadra. — 2. Jinayaças. — 3. Yaçogupta. — 4. Jinagupta. <center>DEUXIÈME PARTIE</center> <center>'''Les Églises du Sud (222–589 A. D.)'''</center> <center>CHAPITRE IV</center> *<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wou (222–280 A. D.)</span><span>283</span> **L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking). **  1. Tche Kien. — 2. Vighna. — 3. Tchou Liu-yen. — 4. K'ang Seng-houei. — 5. Tche Kiang-Ieang-tsie. — 6. Ouvrages anonymes. *<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Orientaux (317–420 A. D.)</span><span>319</span> **L'Eglise de Kien-ye (Nanking): **  1. Po Çrimitra. — 2. Tche Tao-yen. — 3. K'ang Fa-soue. — 4. ''Tchou T'an-wou-Ian'' (Dharmaratna). — 5. K'ang Tao-ho. — 6. Kâlodaka. — 7. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 8. Vimalâkṣa. — 9. Dharmapriya. — 10. Buddhabhadra. — 11. Fa-hien. — 12. Gîtamitra. — 13. Nandi. — 14. Tchou Fa-Ii. — 15. Che Song-kong. — 16. Che T'ouei-kong. — 17. Che Fa-yong. — 18. Ouvrages anonymes. <center>CHAPITRE V</center> *<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Song (428–479 A. D.)</span><span>363</span> **L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking): **  1. Buddhajîva. — 2. Che Tche-yen. — 3. Pao-yun. — 4. Îçvara. — 5. Guṇavarman. — 6. Saṅghavarman. — 7. Guṇabhadra. — 8. Dharmamitra. — 9. KâIayaças. — 10. Che Fa-yong. — 11. ''Tsiu-kiu'' King Cheng. — 12. ''Kong-tö-tche'' (Guṇasatya ?). — 13. Che Houei-kien. — 14. Che Seng-tchou. — 15. Che Fa-ying. — 16. Tchou Fa-kiuan. — 17. Che Siang-kong. — 18. Che Tao-yen. — 19. Che Yong-kong. — 20. Che Fa-hai. — 21. Che Sien-kong. *<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i (479–502 A. D.)</span><span>407</span> **L'Église de Kien-ye: **  1. Dharmakṛtayaças. — 2. Mahâyâna (?). — 3. Saṅghabhadra. — 4. Dharmamati. — 5. Guṇavṛddhi. — 6. Che T'an-king. *<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (502–557 A. D.) et des Tch'en (557–589)</span><span>412</span> **L'ÉgIise de Kien-ye: **  1. Seng-yeou. — 2. Mandrasena. — 3. Saṅghabhara. — 4. Paramârtha. — 5. Upaçûnya. — 6. Subhûti.   
*<span> Avant-Propos</span><span>v</span> *<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span> *<span> Première Partie. — TRADUCTION DU DOSSIER CHINOIS DE LA<br>                                 CONTROVERSE</span><span>23</span> **<span> Préface de Wang Si</span><span>23</span> **<span> Première série de questions et de réponses (« anciennes » et « nouvelles », partiellement numérotées)</span><span>43</span> **<span> Premier mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>110</span> **<span> Exposé doctrinal inséré dans le mémorial</span><span>114</span> **<span> Deuxième série de questions et de réponses (non numérotées)</span><span>120</span> **<span> Deuxième mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>151</span> **<span> Question et réponse insérées dans le mémorial</span><span>153</span> **<span> Troisième mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>157</span> *<span> Deuxième Partie. — COMMENTAIRE HISTORIQUE</span><span>167</span> **<span> Premier mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet</span><span>194</span> **<span> Deuxième mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet</span><span>218</span> **<span> Prières des moines chinois de Touen-houang pour le gouverneur militaire de<br>   Koua-tcheou et autres personnages tibétains</span><span>239</span> **<span> Dossier de pièces émanant d’un gouverneur chinois de Touen-houang sous la<br>   domination tibétaine</span><span>254</span> **<span> Éloge des mérites de Chang K'i-liu-sin-eul (Zan Khri-sum-rje)</span><span>284</span> **<span> Lettre écrite pour le préfet de Sou-tcheou, Lieou Tch’en-pi, en réponse à un<br>   Tibétain du Sud, par Teou Wou</span><span>292</span> **<span> Poèmes chinois écrits sous la domination tibétaine</span><span>306</span> *<span> Appendice. — FRAGMENTS DU DOSSIER INDIEN DE LA CONTROVERSE</span><span>333</span> **<span> I. Le premier ''Bhāvanā-krama'' de Kamalaśīla, analyse sommaire d’après<br>   la version chinoise</span><span>333</span> **<span> II. Le troisième ''Bhāvanā-krama'' de Kamalaśīla, traduction de la version<br>    tibétaine par M. Étienne Lamotte</span><span>336</span> *<span> Addenda et Corrigenda</span><span>355</span> *<span> Index</span><span>381</span> *<span> Table des Matières</span><span>399</span> *<span> Texte du dossier chinois de la controverse</span><span>PL. I-XXXII</span>   
*<span> Lecture 1: une courte introduction</span><span>7</span> *<span> Lecture 2: origine et transmission du texte</span><span> 11</span> *<span> Lecture 3: une interprétation du ''RGV''</span><span> 21</span> *<span> Liste des abréviations </span><span>39</span> *<span> Section 0: Salutations </span><span>41</span> *<span> Chapitre I: Le Germe de Bouddha </span><span>43</span> **<span> Section 1: Les 7 points adamantins </span><span>43</span> **<span> Section 2: Le Joyau du Bouddha </span><span>51</span> **<span> Section 3: Le Joyau du Dharma</span><span> 59</span> **<span> Section 4: Le Joyau de l'Assemblée </span><span>71</span> **<span> Section 5: Les Trois Joyaux comme Refuge </span><span>79</span> **<span> Section 6: Le Germe des Trois Joyaux</span><span> 85</span> **<span> Section 7: Tous les êtres ont ce Germe</span><span> 97</span> **<span> Section 8: Les 10 attributs de la Nature ultime </span><span>104</span> **<span> Section 9: Les 9 exemples du Germe dans les souillures </span><span>174</span> **<span> Section 10: Caractéristiques du Germe de Tathāgata </span><span>225</span> **<span> Section 11: Le but de cet enseignement </span><span>231</span> *<span> Chapitre II: L'Éveil </span><span>241</span> **<span> Section 12: L'Ainsité non souillée </span><span>241</span> **<span> Section 13: Les 8 caractéristiques de l'Ainsité non souillée </span><span>243</span> *<span> Chapitre III: Les qualités du Bouddha </span><span>299</span> **<span> Section 14: Caractéristiques de ces qualités </span><span>299</span> **<span> Section 15: Les 64 qualités du Bouddha </span><span>305</span> *<span> Chapitre IV: Les actions du Bouddha</span><span> 345</span> **<span> Section 16: Caractéristiques de ces actions </span><span>345</span> **<span> Section 17: Neuf exemples de ces actions </span><span>354</span> *<span> Chapitre V: Les bienfaits de cet enseignement </span><span>429</span> **<span> Section 18: La foi dans la Nature de Bouddha </span><span>429</span> *<span> Annexe 1: Structure du Traité </span><span>457</span> *<span> Annexe 2: Prosodie et Métrique du ''RGV'' </span><span>467</span> *<span> Annexe 3: Les sources du ''RGV''</span><span> 474</span> *<span> Liste des ouvrages cités</span><span>475</span> *<span> Liste des auteurs cités</span><span>478</span> *<span> Liste des excursus</span><span> 479</span> *<span> Table des matières détaillée</span><span> 481</span>   
*<span> '''Introduction au ''Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala'' '''</span><span>7</span> **<span> Introduction</span><span>9</span> **<span> Le thème</span><span>11</span> **<span> Le concept de véhicule</span><span>11</span> **<span> Le texte</span><span>13</span> **<span> Le grand et unique véhicule</span><span>14</span> **<span> L'ignorance subtile</span><span>16</span> **<span> Les deux aspects des quatre vérités</span><span>17</span> **<span> L'essence de Tathagata</span><span>18</span> **<span> Le sens profond de la vacuité</span><span>21</span> **<span> Une nature auto-réalisante</span><span>22</span> *<span> '''Le ''Rugissement de lion de la reine Shrimala'' '''</span><span>25</span> **<span> 1. Louange correcte des qualités infinies du tathagata</span><span>28</span> **<span> 2. Les grands vœux inconcevables</span><span>32</span> **<span> 3. Les grands souhaits qui embrassent tous les souhaits</span><span>36</span> **<span> 4. L'inconcevable adoption des suprêmes enseignements</span><span>37</span> **<span> 5. L'entrée véritable dans le Véhicule unique</span><span>48</span> **<span> 6. L'essence de Tathagata</span><span>68</span> **<span> 7. Le corps de réalité</span><span>71</span> **<span> 8. Le sens profond de la vacuité</span><span>72</span> **<span> 9. L'unique vérité - L'unique refuge</span><span>73</span> **<span> 10. L'erreur</span><span>74</span> **<span> 11. Sens profond de l'esprit parfaitement pur par nature</span><span>77</span> **<span> 12. Les fils véritables du tathagata</span><span>81</span> **<span> 13. Le Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala</span><span>84</span> **<span> Colophon</span><span>87</span>   +
*<span> '''Présentation du Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata'''</span><span>7</span> **<span> Introduction</span><span>9</span> **<span> Le texte du Tathāgatagarbha-Sūtra</span><span>15</span> *<span> '''Le Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata'''</span><span>23</span> **<span> Prologue</span><span>26</span> **<span> Le Tathāgata dans un lotus fané</span><span>36</span> **<span> Le miel et l'essaim d'abeilles</span><span>38</span> **<span> Le grain dans sa balle</span><span>41</span> **<span> L'or dans les immondices</span><span>43</span> **<span> Le trésor sous la maison</span><span>44</span> **<span> L'arbre et le fruit</span><span>47</span> **<span> La précieuse statuette enveloppée</span><span>49</span> **<span> La femme enceinte d'un monarque</span><span>52</span> **<span> La statue en or dans son moule de terre</span><span>55</span> **<span> Les bienfaits de la propagation du soutra</span><span>58</span> **<span> La question d'Ananda</span><span>70</span>   +
*<span> PRÉFACE</span><span>5</span> *INTRODUCTION *AUX ENSEIGNEMENTS *DE L'ESSENCE DE TATHĀGATA *<span> (''tathāgatagarbha'')</span><span>7</span> *<span> CHAPITRE 1 - L'ESSENCE DE TATHAGATA</span><span>22</span> **<span> Les sept bases vajra</span><span>22</span> **<span> Caractéristiques des sept bases vajra</span><span>22</span> **<span> Le joyau du Bouddha</span><span>23</span> **<span> Le joyau du Dharma</span><span>24</span> **<span> Le joyau de la communauté</span><span>26</span> **<span> Les trois refuges conventionnels</span><span>27</span> **<span> Le refuge ultime</span><span>27</span> **<span> L'origine des Trois Joyaux</span><span>28</span> **<span> L'élément ou essence de Tathagata</span><span>29</span> **<span> Les trois types de vivants</span><span>31</span> **<span> Les quatre obstacles</span><span>31</span> **<span> Les quatre antidotes</span><span>32</span> **<span> Les quatre perfections du corps de réalité</span><span>32</span> **<span> L'activité</span><span>33</span> **<span> La manifestation</span><span>34</span> **<span> Les états</span><span>34</span> **<span> L'omniprésence</span><span>35</span> **<span> L'immutabilité</span><span>35</span> **<span> L'état impur</span><span>36</span> **<span> L'etat partiellement pur et impur</span><span>38</span> **<span> l'état pur</span><span>41</span> **<span> Les neuf analogies</span><span>45</span> **<span> Le lotus fané</span><span>46</span> **<span> Le grain dans sa balle</span><span>48</span> **<span> L'or égaré</span><span>48</span> **<span> Le trésor sous la maison</span><span>49</span> **<span> Le germe sous la peau du fruit</span><span>50</span> **<span> La précieuse effigie dans les chiffons</span><span>51</span> **<span> La femme enceinte</span><span>52</span> **<span> La statue d'or dans son moule de terre</span><span>53</span> **<span> Le sens résumé des exemples</span><span>53</span> **<span> Les neuf types de souillures</span><span>54</span> **<span> La triple nature de !'élément</span><span>57</span> **<span> Les raisons de cet enseignement</span><span>60</span> *<span> CHAPITRE 2 - L'ÉVEIL</span><span>63</span> **<span> l'essence</span><span>64</span> **<span> La cause</span><span>65</span> **<span> Le fruit</span><span>65</span> **<span> L'activité</span><span>67</span> **<span> Les attributs</span><span>70</span> **<span> La manifestation</span><span>72</span> **<span> La permanence</span><span>77</span> **<span> L'inconcevabilité</span><span>78</span> *<span> CHAPITRE 3 - LES QUALITÉS</span><span>80</span> **<span> Les quatre absences de peur</span><span>82</span> **<span> Les dix-huit qualités exclusives du Bouddha</span><span>83</span> **<span> Les trente-deux marques</span><span>84</span> *<span> CHAPITRE 4 - L'ACTIVITÉ ÉVEILLÉE</span><span>90</span> **<span> Spontanéité et continuité</span><span>90</span> **<span> Les analogies</span><span>93</span> **<span> Indra</span><span>93</span> **<span> Le tambour divin</span><span>96</span> **<span> Les nuages</span><span>99</span> **<span> Semblable au grand Brahma</span><span>102</span> **<span> Invisible</span><span>103</span> **<span> Tel le soleil</span><span>104</span> **<span> La supériorité du cercle de lumière du Bouddha</span><span>105</span> **<span> Semblable au joyau qui exauce les souhaits</span><span>106</span> **<span> L'apparition d'un tathagata est rare</span><span>107</span> **<span> Semblable au son de l'écho</span><span>107</span> **<span> Semblable à l'espace</span><span>107</span> **<span> Semblable à la terre</span><span>108</span> **<span> Résumé du sens de ces analogies</span><span>108</span> *<span> CHAPITRE 5 - LES BIENFAITS DE CET ENSEIGNEMENT</span><span>114</span> **<span> Les bienfaits</span><span>114</span> **<span> La composition du traité</span><span>118</span> *<span> COURTE BIBLIOGRAPHIE</span><span>123</span>